Nokia 7610 User Manual
User Guide
Nokia 7 160 User Guide
The wireless phone described in this gui de is approved for use in TDMA and AMPS networks. Lega l info rmatio n P a rt No. 935320 9, Iss ue No. 2.1 é 2000 âÂÂ2 00 1 No kia Inc . A ll r ights res erv ed. Printed in Canada 04/0 1 Nokia, Nokia Connecting P eople and the Original Accessories logos ar e trademarks of Nokia Corporation and/or its affiliates. US P atent No 58 18437 and other pe nding patents. T9 text input sof tware Copyright (C) 1999. Tegic Communications, Inc. All rights reserved. Includes RSA B SAFE cryptograph ic or security protocol software from RSA Secu rity . The information con tained in this User G uide was w ritten for Nokia phone NSW-5. The right to make changes and improvements to any of the products described in this guide witho ut prior notice is reser ved. Expor t Cont rols This product contains commodities, technology or software exported from the United States in accordan ce with the Export Administration regulations. Diversion contra ry to U.S. law is prohibited. FCC/Industry Ca nada Notice Y our phone may cause TV or radio interference (for example, when using a teleph one in clo se prox imity to recei ving eq uipm ent). Th e FCC or I ndustry Canada can require you to stop u sing your telephone if such interference cannot be eliminated. If you requi re assis tance, contact your local service facility . This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the condition th at this device does n ot cause harmful in terferen ce.
[ i ] Conten ts For your safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Y our ph one âÂÂs label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1. W elcome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Network ser vices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 How to contact Nokia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Contacting your s ervice pr ovider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 2. Before you begin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Attach your batter y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Char ge your batte ry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Removing the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Prolonging batte ry life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 3. About your phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Diagra ms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Back . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Bottom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Switch the phon e on (o r off) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 About your phoneâÂÂs display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 The Sta rt sc reen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Indicator s and Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Using the keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 Using the s election keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 Using the Na vi⢠rol ler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Using the sliding cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Just in cas e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
[ i i ] 4. Y our phoneâÂÂs menu s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Browsing the menus via th e roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 List of ma in men u functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 5. Making/receiving calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Making a call u sing the keypa d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Making a call u sing the ph one book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Making other types of phon e calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Answer ing a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Ending a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 1 Rejectin g a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 1 Last numbe r re dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 1 Calling your voice mailbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 Adjusting the earpiece volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 6. Letters a nd numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Entering cha racter s via the Navi⢠roll er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Entering chara cters via the keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 7. Phone book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Saving n ames a nd nu mbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Saving n ames a nd nu mbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Saving via the ph one book m enu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 W orking with the ph one book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Making a call f rom the ph one book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Phone book menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Organizi ng the ph one book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Editi ng a na me an d num ber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Erasing a phone book entr y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
[ iii ] 8. Call log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 9 Viewing ca ll-related inform ation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Call-rela ted i nformation options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Clear ca ll lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Other call log option s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 Call tim ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 Clear call timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 9. V o ice messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Setting up your voice mailbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Greetin gs, pas swords, and pr ompts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Listen ing to your voice me ssa ges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 1 0. Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Selecting a nother pr ofile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 1 1. Advanced callin g features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 4 Exploring th e In-c all menu options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Send touch tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Send f lash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 End all calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 New ca ll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Accessing Phone boo k a nd Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Muting/unm uting th e microph one . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Anykey ans wer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Caller ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Call f orwarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Call waitin g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Send own caller ID with next ca ll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 3-wa y conferen ce calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Automatic r edial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
[ iv ] Calling card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 V oice dia ling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 Assignin g a voice ta g to a ph one nu mber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 Dialing a num ber usin g voice dia ling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 W orkin g with an existing voice tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 1-touch dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Setting up 1- touch dia ling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Phone book enhancem ents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Multiple numbers per ph one book e ntry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Prima ry number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Chan ging a number type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Saving te xt infor mation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Searching the phone book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Phone book scroll vie w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Caller groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Memor y statu s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 12. Customize your phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Customizing the Navi roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 W orkin g with pr ofiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Settings you can cust omize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1 Renami ng prof iles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Display options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Setting the display language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Display co ntrast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Displaying th e curr ent call timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Setting the time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Selecting a time fo rmat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Displaying or h iding the clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Welcome note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
[ v ] Restor e factory settin gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Disable/enable the active slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 13. Security settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 K eypad lock (Keyguard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Phone lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Activating and deactivating phone lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Allowed num ber w hen phone locked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Access code s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Security code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Lock code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Call r estriction s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Selecting ca ll restriction s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1 14. T ext messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Reading text mes sages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Using predictive tex t in put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Writing and sen ding text m essage s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Replying to a mes sage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Messag es in the O utbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 0 15. Y our per sonal assis tant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1 Calendar views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1 Adding a calend ar note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 T o-do list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Alarm clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Calculat or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Using the cal culat or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Using calculato r for cur rency conver sion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Contact m anager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
[ v i ] 16. Infr ared connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Sending a nd r eceiving da ta via IR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Checking th e sta tus of an IR conn ection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Other types of IR conn ections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 T ransmitting phone book via IR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Calendar no tes via IR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 17. DLR-3P conne ctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1 18. W AP s ervices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Services menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 About your service provider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Laun ching the brows er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Under standing a W AP we b site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Under standing and naviga ting a W A P card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 The br owser m enu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 The ca rd Option s me nu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Bookmar ks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 W orkin g with bookmar ks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Download a ringing tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Play , save, o r eras e a ri nging tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 19. Games . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Game settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 20. Network settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Network sele ction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Network ser vices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 V oice privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Own n umber selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Network f eatur e se tting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1 Call f orwarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 1
[ vii ] Call waitin g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Send own caller ID when calling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Call m ode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Public system setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 2 1. Accessori es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Batterie s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Char ging Tim es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Standby and Ta lk Tim es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Charger s and O ther Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 22. T roubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 1 23. Fre q uently As ked Questions (FAQ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 03 24. Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 7 25. Refere nce informa tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 12 Using batterie s and ch argers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 12 Accessor ies a nd batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 13 Importa nt Safety Infor mation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 14 T raffic Sa fety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 14 Opera ting En vironme nt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 14 Electron ic Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 14 P otentially Explosive Atmospheres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 16 V ehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 16 Emergen cy Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 17 IMPORTANT! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 17 Making an Em ergency C all . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 17 Radio Frequency (RF) S ignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 18 Care and Ma intena nce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
[ viii ] 26. T ec hnical informa tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 1 27. Nokia One-Y e ar Limited W arranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 28. Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
[ 1 ] ⢠For you r safet y Read these simple guide lines before using you r phone. F ailure to comply with th ese guidelines may be da ngerous or illegal. Road S afety Comes First DonâÂÂt use a hand-h eld phone while driving; par k the vehicle first. Swit ch O f f In Ho spit als Follow any r egulation s or rules. Switch phone of f near medical equipmen t. Swit ch Of f Wh il e On Ai rcr aft Wireless phones can cause interference. U sing them on aircraft is illegal. Swit ch Of f Whe n R efue ling DonâÂÂt use phone at a refueling point. DonâÂÂt use ne ar fuel or chemicals . Switch Off Near Blasting Do not use the phone w here blasting is in progre ss. Observe restrictions, a nd follow any regulations or rules. Int erf er enc e All wireless phones may get interf erence which could affect performance. Use Sens ibly Use only in th e normal position (to ear). DonâÂÂt touch the antenna unnec e ssa rily . Qualif ied Servic e Only qualified ser vice per sonnel must install or repair equipmen t. Accesso ries and Batter ies Use only appr oved accessories an d batteries. Do not connect incompatible products.
[ 2 ] Connecting T o Other Devices When connecting to any other device, r ead its userâÂÂs guide for detaile d safety i nstructi ons. D o not connect incom patible product s. Remember to make back up copies of a ll important data. Making Calls Ensure the phone is switched on and in service. Enter th e phone number , inclu ding the are a code, th en pres s . T o end a call press . T o answer a call press . Emergency Calls Ensure the ph one is swi tched on and in service. If the word â Clearâ appears on the display above the key , press and hold Clear to clear the displa y . E nter the eme rgency n umber , th en pre ss . Give your location. Do not end the call until told to do so. Infrared Precautions Do not point th e IR beam at anyoneâÂÂs eyes or allow it to in terfere with other IR devices. ⢠Y our phoneâÂÂs label The label f ound on the back of your ph one (under the battery) contains important information about your phone, including the m odel and serial numbers. Y ou will be r equired to pr ovide inform ation from th is label, in the event you call Nokia Cu stomer Service (or call your service provider). Ther efore, please do not remove or de face this label.
[ 3 ] W elcome 1. W e lcome Congratulations on you r purchase of a Nokia 7 160 mobile phone. Y ou are now on your w ay to using a new an d exciting tool. However , before you use your phone, read this chapter . It provides information that you need to kn ow about h ow to use th is manual and how to contact Nokia. ⢠Network servic es Call Forwarding and Call Waiting are two examples of features called Network Services. Ne twork Services are special services provided by your wireless service provider , and are described later in this guide. Before you can take advantage of any of these Network Ser vices, you must subscribe to these serv ice(s) from your wir eless service provider and obtain instru ction s from the m for thei r use. Note: Some networks may not sup port all lan guage-dependent char acters. Updates The latest version of this OwnerâÂÂs Manual m ay be available on NokiaâÂÂs W orld Wide W eb site at http ://www .NokiaUSA.com . ⢠How to contact Nokia Nokia Contact Center Customer Care, Canada Nokia Cu stomer Care Ce nter , US A 7725 Woodland Center Boulevard, Suite #1 50 T am pa, Florida 336 1 4 T el: 1-8 88-NO KIA2U (1-888 -665-42 28) Fax: 1-8 13-249-9 6 19 For the hearing-im paired on ly (TTY): 1-800-2 4NOKIA (1- 800- 246-654 2) Custom er Care, Can ada Nokia Products Ltd. 575 West ney Rd . South Ajax, Onta rio L1S 4N 7 T el: 1-8 88-22NO KIA (1-888 -226-65 42) Fax: 1-9 05-4 27-1 0 7 0
[ 4 ] ⢠Contacting your service provi der Some service provider s have pre-programmed th eir customer support number into th e phone. Pressing an d holding the key (or the key that your service provider instructed you to us e) for 2 seconds will automatically dial their customer support number . This f eature can be helpful if youâÂÂre having difficulties dialing a number , especially when traveling outside your home area. If your service provider deems your pr oblem to be Nokia-related, th ey will direct you to contact N ok i a Customer Service. Note: This one-key f eature might not be available on all system s. Contact your service provider f or availability .
[ 5 ] Before you begin 2. Before you begin ⢠Attach your battery Prio r to using your phon e, the batt ery m ust be installed and charged. Grasp the phone near the di splay (rather than on the slide mecha nism). Pl ace the ba ttery in t he g rooves on the back of your phone. Then slide the battery upward until it clicks . Note: Use only those batteries approved by the phone ma nufa cturer . See âÂÂUsing batteries and charger sâ on page 1 12 . ⢠Charge your batter y 1. With your ph one on or off, connect the lead from the charger to the bottom of the phone. 2. Connect th e charger to an AC wall outlet. The battery in dicator bar starts to scroll afte r a few secon ds. 3. Disconnect the charger from the phone and AC ou tlet when the battery is fully char ged. Note: When the indicator bar stops scrolling, the battery will accept a "trickle charge" for an additional 2 hours u ntil it is 1 00% fully charged (except BMS-2V). See âÂÂCharging T imesâ on page 96 for more information. Imp ortant b attery in formati on: ⢠Recharge your battery on ly with the ch argers approved by the manu fac tur er . ⢠The phone can be used while chargin g if the ph one is switched on.
[ 6 ] ⢠If the battery is totally empty , it may take a few minutes before you can make and receive calls, and befor e the charging indicat ion appears on the dis play . For m ore information about specific ch argers, see pages 98-1 00. ⢠If the phone is switched on w hen charging is completed, Battery full is displayed on the screen momentarily . ⢠Unlike NiMH batteries, the BLS-2S L i-Ion battery does not need to be fully discharged before recharging. ⢠Charging time depends on the charger and battery used. For example, the charging time for the BL S-2S battery with the ACP-8U charger takes about 2 ho urs. See page 96 for charging times. ⢠Rem oving the battery It is ne cessary to r emove the existing battery if you purchase (and want to use) a different battery mode l, or have purchased a spare battery . T o remove the battery: 1. Make su re the ph one ha s been tu rn ed off f or 1 0 se conds. 2 . Whil e ho ldi ng th e p hone by th e di splay (and not on the slid e m ech anis m), press and hold the battery release button. 3. Slide the battery downward and away f rom the antenna. 4. Rem ove the batter y from the gr ooved back of th e phone. Prolong ing battery li fe A NiMH battery lasts longer and pe rforms better if you fu lly disc harge it from time to time. T o discharge your battery: ⢠Leave your phone switched on until the battery i s dra ined. I gnore any messages to recharge your battery . ⢠Use the battery discharge feature of any approved accessory available for your phone. Note: Do not a ttempt to discharge th e battery by an y means ot her than those just described.
[ 7 ] About your phone 3. About your phone ⢠Diagrams Front Fixe d a nte nna Po w e r k e y Ear piec e Microp hone Slid ing k ey cove r Na vi TM roller Se lec tio n ke ys Ph one Di sp lay Inf rare d p ort Exte rna l ante nna jack (utilized by Car kit ) Back Bottom AC po wer Headset, DLR-3P
[ 8 ] ⢠Switch the phone on (or off) T o switch the phone on or of f, press and hold for 2 seconds. War ni n g! Do not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibi ted or whe n it may cause in terf eren ce or dang er . As with any othe r radio transm itting device, do not touch the antenna unn ecessarily when the phone is sw itched on. Contact with the anten na affects call qu ality an d may cause the phone to operate at a higher power level th an otherw ise needed. ⢠About yo ur phoneâÂÂs display Y o ur p honeâÂÂs displ ay prov ides sev eral d ifferent types of i nformati on thr ough the use of v arious display indi cators and icons. Most essent ial indicat ors and icons relate d to various phone functio ns are expl ained later in this userâÂÂs gu ide. The Start screen The S tart screen refer s to the p honeâÂÂs display when no c alls are in pr ogress, and th ere are currently no menu or phone book entries disp layed. Y o u can easily re turn to the Start sc reen from any loca tion ( other th an an active c all) s imply b y press ing the key . However , keep in mind that any text or numbers that you were entering at the tim e will be lost, and your wor k will n ot be saved. HOME Often times you r service prov iderâ s n ame will appear h ere. Shows the signal strength of the wireless n etwork at your current location. The higher the bar , the stronger the signal. Shows the battery charge level. T he higher the bar , the more power in the ba ttery . Indicates that you are in a digital network.
[ 9 ] About your phone Head er and sc roll bar A header l ine appears at the top of your screen when in the phone book or while navigati ng the menus, providin g you wi th a reminder o f the phone book entr y you are working with, or func ti on s as a rem inde r of t he me nu or sub-menu with which you are work ing. A scroll bar is displayed on the righ t edge of your screen, giving you a visual representation of your relative position wh ile navigating the menu and sub-menu structure. The scroll bar is not visible in the phon e book. ⢠Indicators and Icon s The following is a collection of the various other in dicators and icons that you may see on y our ph oneâÂÂs display: Icon Descr iptio n Y ou have an act ive cal l. The phone is waiting for you to enter numbers or text. Y o u h ave turned off your phoneâÂÂs keypad tones, warning tones, message alert tones , and s et your ringing ton e to Silen t . K eyguard has been acti vated to help prev ent any accidental keypresses. Y ou have one or more voice mess ages wait ing. Y o u have one o r more unread t ext mess ages wait ing. Dig it al se rv ice is av ail a bl e. Any characters y ou enter will be upper-ca se letters or numbers. Press the key to switch letter case. Scroll bar Header
[ 1 0 ] Any characters you enter will be lower-case letters or numbers . Press the key to switch letter case. Indicat es sentence case. Y ou will not need to swi tch between upper cas e and lower case for th e first word in a sentence. Available when ent ering calendar notes, to-do list eve nts, or writing text messages. Also indi cates title case. A utomati cally capitalize s first letter in ever y word. Available when e ntering name s i n the phone book. Appears when you press and h old the key while enterin g/editin g text. Only numbers can be entered while in this mode. Indicates insert special characters mode. Appears when you pres s and hol d the key while e ntering/edit ing text. On ly sp ecial c haracters can be entered. The alarm cl ock is set. Y ou h ave a general reminder entered in your calendar (appears only on Calendar disp lay). Y o u have a reminder i n your calendar th at itâÂÂs s omeoneâÂÂs birthday (appears only on Calendar display). Y ou have a remi nder in your cale ndar to cal l so meone (app ears only on Calendar disp lay). Y o u have a reminder in your calendar of a me eting (appears only on Cale ndar display). Indicates an ac tive data or fax cal l. Appears when the DLR-3P data cable is connec ted to your phone. Icon Descr iptio n
[ 1 1 ] About your phone â¢U s i n g t h e k e y s The follow ing table cont ains information on using the various keys found on your ph one: Using the selectio n keys T wo selection ke ys are lo cated below the display . T heir functions can be ide ntified by the text shown above the keys in the display . For example, pressing the left selection key when Menu appears above it displays the first of m any menus. Similarly , p ressing the righ t selection key when Names appears above it displays the phone book menu. Key : Des cr ipt io n: Po w e r : Press and hold to switch the ph one on or off. Sel ec ti on: Press to perform the fu nction indicated by the label above the key (on the phoneâÂÂs display). Roll er: Rol l to sc roll th roug h li st s or men us . Pre ss to sele ct t he highli ghted item. Used duri ng a c all to ad just t he e arpiece volume . See page 12 . Tal k : Pres s to make a cal l to name/number shown on the display or to answer a call. Press once at the Start screen to enter the list of l as t dialed numbers. End : Pres s to end a cal l or to s ilenc e an i ncomi ng call . - Num be r : U sed for entering n umbers and l etters. Ti p: P res s a nd h old to ca ll y our vo ice mai lb ox. Special characters: is used for entering special characters. is u sed to perform special fu nctions (example: changi ng letter case in alph a mode).
[ 12 ] In this manual, the selection keys are referred to by the texts that appear above them, and appear in bold (for example, Men u or Names ). Left s elec tio n ke y The left selection key will frequently display one of the m ost commonly used sub-men us when scrolling throu gh the phoneâÂÂs menu. For example, when you access the Messag es menu, the left selection key is Inb ox . Use this s hor t cut to access the feat ure displayed, or press the roller to ac cess the entire list of sub-m enus. â¢U s i n g t h e N a v i TM roller The Nav i TM roller is a m ulti-fu nction key u sed to navigate through your phoneâÂÂs menus and phone book. Roll the roller up or down to scroll through lists of names and n umbers, or through the ph oneâÂÂs menus, subm enus and option lists. Press o nc e to perform one of the following (depending on what is displayed): ⢠show details of th e highlighted name or number . ⢠display a sub-menu (same as pr essing the Opt ions selection key , whether visible or n ot). ⢠select the highlighted function or setting. ⢠automatically select the most frequently used me nu or sub-menu option. Pre ss and hold to make a call to th e name or number displayed when the sliding cover of you r phone is clos ed. Tips : ⢠Pressing the roller is the same as pressing Select . ⢠Press the roller when n o calls are in prog ress (or when no menus are displayed) to display the Phone bookâÂÂs Names List. For in formation about customizing the roller âÂÂs function, see page 50.
[ 13 ] About your phone ⢠Usin g the sliding cover The sliding cover pr otects your phoneâÂÂs keypad, and can be us ed to answer , e nd or reject a call. (See page 2 1 for details.) T o open th e sliding cover , slide it down. T o close the cove r , slide it up until it locks into place. Tip: Closing the slidi ng cover exits the m enu or phone book f unctions and returns you to the Start screen . Note: If you have locked the keypad of your phone, the keypad is always unlocked when you open the sliding cover . T o close the sl iding cov er withou t ending a call: 1. Bef ore closing the cover , pr ess the Opti on s selection k ey . 2. Close th e sliding cover . T o end a call w ith the slidi ng cover closed: â¢P r e s s t h e Opti ons selection key (when it appears), scroll to End all calls , then press the roller . Just i n ca se If the plastic part of your phoneâÂÂs sliding cover accidentally comes off, reattach it as descr ibed below: 1. Make sure metal fram e of slide is fully extended and locked into the open position(slide will "click" into place). 2. Place the right edge of the plastic slide cover on the right side of the metal f rame (depressing the microphone contacts in the process).
[ 14 ] 3. Rotate th e plastic slide cover onto the metal slide frame. Make sure the middle snap is secured properly (turn the phone over to check). 4. Press the le ft side of the plastic sl ide cover onto the metal slide f ram e until it snaps into place. 5. Check to confirm that all 3 snaps are secu rely fas tene d.
[ 15 ] Y our phoneâ s men us 4. Y our phoneâÂÂs menus The ph oneâÂÂs m enus allo w y ou to tailor the phone to your need s. Each m enu can contain several levels of submenus. The menus and submenus ca n be accessed by rolling the r oller or using the appropriate shortcut number (see pa ge 16). Hel p texts A brief he lp text is available for most menu items. T o view the help text, scroll to the desired menu func tion and wait for 1 0 seconds. ⢠Browsing the menus via the r oller Using the multi-fun ction Navi roller , you can scroll through th e various menus and sub menus by rolling the r oller up or down. To make your selection, simply press the r oller . 1. Pre ss Menu . 2. Use the roller to scroll to the desired ma in menu. 3. Press the roller to make your choice (for e xample, Setti ngs) , an d to view the sub-men u(s). Note: If th e submen u cont ains s ubmenu s, scroll to the desir ed submenu and press the roller to select (for e xample, Cal l set ti ngs ). 4. Scroll to the de sired setting option (f or exampl e, 1-touch dialing ) an d press the roller to select. Tip s: ⢠Some of the most f requently used sub-menu options can be found by rolling up, in addition to rollin g down.
[ 16 ] ⢠Y ou can retu rn to the previou s menu level by pressing Back , or exit the me nu by pr essi ng Exit (if dis played). ⢠Y ou can exit the menu by pressing a nd holding Back (including when the slide is closed). ⢠Y ou can always exit the menu by pressing without changing the menu settings. Pressing returns you to the Start screen. Accessin g a menu function by its shortcut Most menu items (menus, submen us and setting options) are numbe red and can be accessed by their shortcut number . The shortcut number i s shown in the top r ight corner of the d isplay . For menu shortcut numbers see âÂÂList of m ain menu fu nctionsâ on page 16. 1. Pre ss Menu . 2. Within 3 seconds, enter the first number of the menu funct ion you want to ac cess. Repeat until you have entered all of the n umbers. For exam ple: T o set the menu function 1-touch dialing to on , press Menu 4- 2-3-1 ( Setti ngs - Ca ll set tin gs - 1-touch dialin g - On ). ⢠List of main menu fun ctions 1M e s s a g e s 0 1-1 Inbox 01 - 2 O u t b o x 1-3 Archiv e 1-4 V oice messages 1-4-1 Listen to voice me ssages 1-4-2 V oice mailbox number 1-5 Erase m essages 1-5- 1 A ll rea d 1-5- 2 I nbo x 1-5- 3 O utb ox 1-5- 4 A rc hive 1-6 Write me ssag e 1-7 Writ e e-m ail
[ 17 ] Y our phoneâ s men us 2C a l l l o g 2-1 Missed calls 2-2 R eceived calls 2-3 Dialed call s 2-4 C lear c all lists 2-4-1 All calls 2-4-2 Missed calls 2-4-3 Dialed calls 2-4-4 R eceived calls 2-5 C all timers 2-5- 1 L a st call 2-5- 1- 1 C urren t ca ll t im er 2-5-2 All calls 2-5- 3 L if e tim er 2-5- 4 C le ar timer s 3P r o f i l e s 3-1 Norma l 3-1- 1 S elec t 3-1- 2 C us tomi ze 3-1-2-1 Ringing option s 3-1-2-2 Ringing t one 3-1-2-3 Ringing volume 3-1- 2-4 Message aler t tone 3-1- 2- 5 Keypad t o nes 3-1- 2- 6 Warning tones 3-1-2-7 Accepted caller groups 3-1-2-8 Vibra ting alert (only when vibrating battery is attached) 3-2 Silent 3-2- 1 S elec t 3-2-2 Customize (same submenus as Normal profile) 3-2- 3 R ena me 3-3 Meeting (same s ubme nus a s Silent profile) 3-4 Outdoor (same submenus as Silent profile)
[ 18 ] 3-5 P ager (same submenus as Sile nt profile) 3-6 Handsfr ee * 3-6-1 Customize (same submenus as Normal profile, plus Automatic answ er and Lights) 3-7 Heads et â 3-7-1 Customize (same submenus as Normal profile, plus Automatic answ er) 4S e t t i n g s 4-1 T ime settings 4-1-1 Alarm clock 4-1- 2 C lo ck 4-1- 2- 1 Sh ow (h ide ) cloc k 4-1- 2- 2 Se t t he t ime 4-1- 2- 3 T ime fo rmat 4-2 C all settings 4-2- 1 A nyke y a nswer 4-2-2 Automatic redial 4-2-3 1-touch dialing 4-2- 4 C al li ng ca r d 4-3 Phone se ttin gs 4-3- 1 La ngu age 4-3- 2 Tou ch tones 4-3- 2- 1 Ma nual t ouch t ones 4-3- 2- 2 Touch t on e l ength 4-3- 3 Wel come not e 4-3-4 R oller function 4-3- 5 D i spla y co nt ras t 4-3-6 S lide settings 4-4 S ec uri ty s ett ings 4-4-1 Call restrictions 4-4-1-1 Restrict outgoing calls 4-4-1-2 Restrict incoming calls *. Automatically selected when placed in car kit or hands free desk charging stand. â . Automatically selected when headset is attached.
[ 19 ] Y our phoneâ s men us 4-4- 2 A cc ess cod es 4-4- 2- 1 Ph one loc k 4-4-2-2 A llowed number wh en phone locked 4-4- 2- 3 Cha nge s ecur ity cod e 4-4- 2- 4 Cha nge lo ck cod e 4-5 N et work se rv ices 4-5-1 V oice privacy 4-5-2 O wn n umber selection 4-5- 3 N etwor k f eat ure s ettin g 4-5-4 Call forwarding* 4-5-5 Call waiting* 4-5-6 S end own caller ID when calling* 4-5-7 C all m ode (n ot visible in all wireless systems) 4-5-8 Public system setting (not visible in all wireless system s) ( * ) - In dicates option is vis ible in menu only when enabled 4-6 R estore f actory setting s 5 Syste m 5-1 Automatic 5-2 Manua l 5-3 New s earch 6G a m e s 6-1 Snake I I 6-2 R otation 6-3 R acket 6-4 O pposite 6-5 Se ttings 7C a l c u l a t o r 8C a l e n d a r 9 T o-do li st 10 S e r v i c e s 11 I n f r a r e d 12 K ey gu ard
[ 20 ] 5. Making/receiving calls The following pages gi ve you a br ief description of th e different w ays to handle incoming and o utgoing calls. Making a call u sing t he keypad 1. Open the sliding cover . 2. Enter the phone number including th e area code and press . Making a call u sing t he pho ne boo k For instructions on saving names and numbers to your phone book, see "W orking with th e phone book" on page 26 . 1. Press the roller and scroll to the desired na me/entry . 2. Press the roller and scroll to the desired number . 3. Press the roller . Note: Sliding co ver can be open or closed. Making other typ es o f phone call s For more i nformation on : ⢠Making a call using voice dialing, see "Dialing a nu mber using voice dialing" on page 43 . ⢠Making a call with the slidin g cover closed, see "Making a call using the phone book" on page 2 0 . ⢠Makin g a call using 1-touch dialing, see "1-touch dialing" on page 44 . ⢠Making an emergency c all, see "Making a n Emergency Call" on page 1 17 . Answering a call Y ou ca n answer a ca ll using an y one the following m ethods: ⢠Open the slidin g cover , OR
[ 2 1 ] Making/receiving calls â¢P r e s s t h e Ans we r selection key , OR â¢P r e s s . Endin g a call Y ou can end a call using any on e the followin g methods: ⢠Close the sliding cover , OR â¢P r e s s t h e End c al l selection key , OR â¢P r e s s t h e k e y . Rejecting a call If you donâÂÂt want to answer a call, but still want to silence the ringer and allow the call to go to your voicemail: ⢠Close the sliding cover , OR â¢P r e s s t h e Si le nt selection key , OR â¢P r e s s . Last number redial The last ten phone numbers you dialed are saved in t he phoneâÂÂs memory . T o redial one of these last dialed numbers: 1. At the Start screen, press . A list of the last 1 0 numbers dialed app ear s . 2. Scroll with the r oller to the de sired name /number . 3. Press to dial the displayed name/number . Als o se e "Call log " on page 29 . Calling yo ur voice mailb ox Note: V oi ce mail is a ne twork service. For m ore information and for the voice mailbox n umber , cont act your service pr ovider . Also see "V oice messages" on page 3 2 .
[ 22 ] T o call your voice m ailbox: ⢠Press and hold (at the Start s creen ) OR â¢P r e s s List en when New voice message and the icon is displayed. Note: If th e phone asks f or your voice mailbox number , enter it and press OK . ⢠Adjusting the earpiece volume Y ou can adjust the earpiece volume while in a call by rolling the Navi roller upw ards to increase the volume and downwards to decrease the volume. Note: Y ou may need to press the Cl ea r key to delete any char acters on the phoneâÂÂs scr een prior to adjusting volume. picture picture
[ 23 ] Letters and numbers 6. Letters and numbers When wor king with the phone book, calendar , or to- do list, you can enter letters and numbers eith er via the phoneâÂÂs keypad (1 to 9), or using the roller . When wor king with text messages or the to-do list, an additional option , called " predicti ve te xt input" is also available. For more i nformati on on this featur e, see "Using predi ctive text input" on page 6 4 . Entering characters via the Navi TM roller Enter lette rs , nu mbers, and p unctu atio n usi ng the rol ler 1. Use the roller to scr oll through the available char acters (upp er/lower cas e characters , numbers, and punctuation). 2. Pre ss the roller to insert the h ighlighted letter or number . T IP : ⢠If you make a mistake, you can remove characters to the left by pressing Clear as many tim es as needed. Pressing and holding Clear clears th e scr een. ⢠T o move the cursor , scroll to on e of the a rrow symbols ( ! , " , # , o r $% ) and pres s the roller to m ove the cursor in the direction of the high lighted arro w sym bol. Note: Y ou can also move the curs or by first press ing Opti on s , then pressin g the roll er at Move cur so r . Scroll to the location you want and press Don e to m ove the curs or . Entering characters via the keypad If you ch ose to use th e keypad when enterin g text an d other characters, the keypad functions in 2 modes: alpha mode and numeric mode. A status indicator in the upper left corner indicates what mode you are in.
[ 24 ] Alpha mode has 4 sub-modes: ABC (upper case) and abc (lower case), title case, and sen tence case (both indicated by Ab c ). Numeri c mode is indicated by 123 in the u pper lef t corner of th e display . T o enter a character , pre ss the key labeled with the character you wan t; press once for the first character , twice for the second and so on . The available characters, depen ding on the display langua ge chosen (s ee pag e 52 ), ar e: ⢠T o switch betwe en upper case and lowe r case, pre ss quickly . ⢠T o inse rt a number , press an d hold the cor responding number key . Or , press and hold to switch to nu mber mode. To switch back to alpha mode, press and hold again . ⢠T o inse rt a space, pr ess (only works in alpha mode). ⢠Pressing br ings up a list of special chara cters. Scroll to the desired character and pr ess th e roller to select th e highligh ted char acter . T IP : When ent ering n ames i n ph one b ook, th e ph one uses title case , w hich automaticall y writes the first character of a name in upper case an d the rest of the name in lower case. When wri ting a text message or other te xt, the phone use s se ntence case , which automatical ly writ es the first character of each sentence in up per case. KEY CHARACTERS KEY CHARAC TER S 1. , ? ! - & 1 6 M N O 6 àààààà2 A B C 2 ààààààà7 P Q R S 7 $ à3 D E F 3 àààà8 T U V 8 àààà4 G H I 4 àààààà9 W X Y Z 9 5 J K L 5 ã 0 sp ace, 0
[ 25 ] Phone book 7. Phone book Y ou can sav e up t o 1 000 entri es (n ames an d associat ed n umbers) in your phon eâÂÂs phone book. In addition, your ph one book is capable o f storing multiple number s for each n ame (fax, business, mobile, et c.), as well as text in f o rm at ion ( po sta l address, e-mail address, etc.). Note: For more i nformation on saving multiple numbers per name, as well as other in formation, see page 45. ⢠Saving names and numbers Savin g names and nu mbers There are severa l ways to save names and numbers in you r phone book. T o quickly save a number and name (Qu ick Save): 1. Enter the phone number u sing the keypad. 2. Press the left s election key twice ( Opt ions - Save ). 3. Enter a na me and pre ss OK . 4. Pre ss Don e to r eturn to the Sta rt screen . T IP : Pressing and holding th e Opti on s selection key for 2 secon ds after entering the number will store th e number only . Sa ving via t he ph on e book men u 1. Pre ss Names . 2. Scroll to Add ent ry and press Sel e ct . 3. Enter the name and press OK . 4. Enter the area code (as necessary) and phone number , and press OK .
[ 26 ] ⢠W orking with the phone book Using t he phone book â¢P r e s s Names , scroll to th e desired function (for example, Add ent ry or Find ) and press the roller . Acc essi ng y our lis t of sa ved name s an d nu mbe rs ⢠At the Start screen , press the r oller . The Names list will be displayed. T IP : Y ou can also access th e phone book by pressing Names , then select List names from th e sub-menu . Making a call from the phon e book Making a ca ll from the phone book can come in handy when you want to make a c all with the slide closed. 1. Pre ss Names , then select List name s (or press the roller). 2. Scroll to the de sired name. 3. Press and hol d the roller to call th e highlighted name. If there is more than one number saved under the name: 1. Scroll to the desired name, and press the roller . 2. Scroll to the desired number ; press and hold the roller to dial the call. Note: For more i nformation on saving m ultiple numbers per name, see "Multiple numbers per ph one book entry" on page 45 . ⢠Phone book menus ⢠Li st names ⢠Fi nd ⢠Add e ntr y ⢠Ed it ⢠Era se - One by one - Erase all
[ 27 ] Phone book ⢠Ad d number ⢠Op tio n s - Phone book view - Mem ory statu s ⢠1-t ouch dialing ⢠Ca ller gr oups - F amily Rename grou p Group ringing tone Group graphic Group me mbers - VI P (same su b-menus as F amily) - Fr iends (same sub-menus as F amily) - Bus ine ss (same sub-menus as F amily) - Ot her (same sub-menus as F amily) ⢠V o ic e ta gs ⢠Organizing the phon e book Editin g a name and number Y ou can easily edi t the name of a phone book en try , as well as the number or numbers assigned to that entry . 1. Recall th e phone book e ntry you want to edit and press Opti on s . 2. Select Edit name . 3. Edit the name and press OK , then select the n umber you wish to edit and press Opti on s . 4. Scroll to Edit number and press Sel e ct . 5. Edi t the numb er an d pr ess OK . T IP : If you have other text information saved with this Phone book entry , highlight the e ntry and use Ed it te xt to edit postal or E-mail address, or to edit the text note you have saved un der a name.
[ 28 ] Erasing a phone book entry Y ou can remove a phone book entry (name and phone number (s)) f rom the phone book one by one or erase the e ntire contents of you r phone book. Era sing a ph one book entr y 1. Pres s the roller , scroll to the pho ne book entry to erase, and pres s Options . 2. Scroll to Erase name and press Select . 3. Pre ss OK to confirm your choice. Note: All details (including multiple numbers and an y text information) will be e rased when u sing this option, and cannot be undone. Era sing all phone book e ntries 1. At the Start scr een, press Names . 2. Scroll to Erase and press the roller . 3. Scroll to Erase all and press the roller . 4. Pre ss OK to confirm your selection, enter your security code, then press OK to comple te the process. Note: Once all names and numbers have bee n erased, they cannot be recovered.
[ 29 ] Call log 8. Call log Y our phone keeps a log (record) of call-related information including the phone n umber of the oth er p arty . C alls ar e classi fied as misse d (unanswered), receiv ed (answered), or dialed (either via the ph one book or numbers entered from the keypad). I n addition, the call log can record: â¢T h e dura tion (elapsed time) of the last call. â¢T h e da te and tim e when the call was connected. For this fe ature to w ork prop erly ⢠you must have a sub scription to Caller I D service. ⢠your phone was turned on and in a digital service area when the par ty placed the call. ⢠the caller did not choose to block Caller ID. ⢠the phoneâÂÂs time and date must be set. Note: If the in coming call has caller I D blocked, the numbe r cannot be recorded in the call log. For example, if you miss a call whose caller ID is blocked, pr essing List at the m issed call m essage will cau se the mess age No new numbers to be displayed, th en present the most recent call whose caller I D was available. Viewing call -related inform ation Y our ph one rec ords info rmation ab out the 1 0 most recent missed, recei ved , and dialed calls (1 0 entrie s fo r each type of call). T o view call lo g entrie s: 1. Pre ss Menu - 2 ( Call lo g ). 2. Scroll to the type of call for which you want to view call-related information ( Misse d ca lls , Re ceived call s , or Diale d calls ), then p ress Select . 3. If a phone book entry or phone number is displayed: ⢠press to dial the number , or â¢p r e s s Opti on s to view the associated details of the call or work with the number .
[ 30 ] Note: If the call log is empty , No numbers is displayed. T IP : Y ou can also access the last 1 0 dialed numbers by p ressin g then use the roller to scroll through the list. Press and hold the roller to redial the number , or press Opt ions to work with the en try . Call-relate d info rmation option s The following option s are available for call log entries: ⢠Cal l - Redials the n umber displayed. ⢠Cal l t i me - Displays the date and tim e when the call was first connected (if clock has been set). ⢠Edit numb er - Allows you to edit the number in th e call log. ⢠Save - Allows you to qu ickly add the number to your phone book. ⢠Add t o name - Allows you to save the number to a n existing phone book entry . ⢠Erase - Erases the nu mber from the call list (does not erase the number fr om your phone book, if it exists there). ⢠View number - Wh en lo g entry m atche s a numbe r in you r phon e book , this option permits you to view the number associated with the ph one book entry (this option appears only if the n umber is stored in the phone book and a n ame is associated with it). Press the Opti ons selection key to view any of th e above options for an entry in th e call log. Clear call lists This feature allows you to clear numbers from an y one of th e call lists, or all call lists simultaneously . T o clear the call list(s): 1. Pre ss Menu 2-4 ( Call lo g - Clear call lis ts ). 2. Scroll to Al l ca lls , Mi sse d c alls , Diale d ca lls , or Receiv ed cal ls , and press OK ( All c alls will clear all call lists, while the others clear their respective call lists) . IMPO RT ANT : Y ou cann ot undo this operation.
[ 3 1 ] Call log Note: When the Dialed calls list is cleared, it in cludes the sh ortcut to this list acc essed when you press and r oll with the r o ller . ⢠Other call log options Call timers This menu f eature is used to di splay the call duration of the Las t call placed, and All call s made sin ce the phone was reset by the user . The Life ti mer displays duration of all calls for the lif e of the ph one (and cannot be reset). The phone can also display the call timer for the current call w hile in a call; when th e call is completed, the timer displays the f inal call length. Press to clear the tim er from t he display . T o display/h ide curren t call timer : 1. Pre ss Menu 2-5-1 ( C all log - Ca ll tim ers - Last c all ); pr ess Deta il s (or wa it 2 se conds ). 2. Pre ss Select ; scroll to either On or Off , and press OK . Clear call timers This feature clears all call tim ers (excep t for the life timer) for your phone. Note: This action cannot be un done. T o clear all call timers: 1. Pre ss Menu 2-5-4 ( C all log - Cal l t ime rs - Clear tim ers ). 2. Pre ss OK (or wait 3 se conds). 3. Enter your security code (see page 5 8), and press OK to clear timers.
[ 32 ] 9. V oice messages V oice Mail is a feature that enables those w ho call you to leave a voice message, in the event you are unable to answer y our phone. Using your phone in con junction with your service providerâÂÂs voice mail system, y ou can retrieve your mess ages at any time. When you recei ve a voice mess age, New voice messag e will appear on the display (along with the icon), and youâÂÂll hear a shor t be ep. If youâÂÂve received m ore than one m essage, your phon e will indicate th e number of new voice messages received. Setting u p your voice m ailbo x Before you c an retrieve any voice me ssages, you need to store your voice mailbox number in your phone. If your service pr ovider has not already done this for you, they should provide you with inf ormation needed to access your voicemail. T o store you r voice m ailbox number : â¢P r e s s Menu 1-4-2 . Enter you r voice mailbox n umber and press OK . (This number can be u p to 32 digits long). Greetings , pa sswords , and prompts These may vary in different wireless systems. Y our service provider should have provi de d you wi th informatio n re garding h ow to reco rd your greetin g or how to store your password, in addition to inform ation on how to listen to voice messages (once youâÂÂve connected to your voice mailbox). Listening to your voice mes sages If New voice message is displayed, just press Li ste n and follow th e prompts. If you âÂÂd rather lis ten to your messages later , press Exi t . Y ou can listen to messages anytime if you pr ess and hold (or press , then pr ess ) . Or if you prefer , you ca n access your voice mailbox by press ing Men u 1- 4- 1 .
[ 33 ] Profiles 1 0. Profiles Y our ph one has various ways of notifying you of incoming ca lls, voice and text messa ges, reminders and warnings. The various settings relating to th e audible, visible and vibr ating alerts are stored as "pro files" i n your phone. These profiles can be recalled quickly , based on the s etting or environment in which you fi nd yo urse lf. The fol lowin g custo mizable profil es are available : Norma l , Silent , Meeting , Out doo r , and Pa g e r . In addition, your ph one has special profiles that are r ecalled when you plug in the optional headset, use the optional car kit, or use the hands free desktop char ging stand ( Hea dset and Hands free ). Co nnec ting your phone to these device s automatically enables these profiles. Normal is the default setting. However , you can switch to another profile as described in th e next section. For more inf ormation on customizing a profile, see âÂÂCus tomizing a profileâ on page 50. ⢠Selecting another profile 1. At the Start scr een, pres s the key mom entarily . 2. Scroll to the profi le to that you want to use. 3. Pre ss th e Nav i roller to select th e profile. Note: Use the Si le nt profile to silen ce the r inger on your phone. T IP : Y ou can also access the profiles list by pressing Menu , scrolling to the Prof iles menu , then pre ssing the Na vi roller .
[ 34 ] 1 1 . Advanced calling features Once you have familiarized you rself with the basic features of your phone, you may wan t to co nsid er th e fo llowi ng fe at ures to incr eas e you r p rodu ctiv ity and enhan ce your callin g exper ience. ⢠Exploring the In -call menu options Y our phone provides you with a number of features an d options while you are in a call. Press th e Opti on s selection key while in a call to dis play the following in-call menu options: The fol lowi ng can be per formed wh ile a ca ll is act ive: Se nd t ouc h ton es When you press th e key s dur ing a call, your p hone ge nerates sou nds know n as t ouch tones . Use to uch tones to acc ess many auto mated , over -the- pho ne servi ces such as voice mail, ch eckin g airline arrival/ depar ture times, and bank balanc es. Y ou m ust be on an active c all to send t ouch tones. Choice What i t does Se nd t ouch tones Sends a series of to uch tones (either stored in the ph one book, or entered from the keypad). Send flash Sends a flash command to the network (either st ored in the phone boo k, or entered from th e keypad). New call Allows you to initiate a new call for 3-w ay calling. End all c alls Ends all a ctive ca lls (ma inly for c all-waiti ng/3-w ay calling). Phone book Allows you to access your phone bo ok and all related menus. Men u Use d to ac cess y our pho neâÂÂs menu . Mute Use d to mute th e phone âÂÂs micropho ne.
[ 35 ] A dvanced callin g features T o sen d a series of touc h-tones to the wireless system: 1. While in a call, press Opti ons . 2. Select Send touch tones. 3. Enter the string of touch tones to be sen t via the keypad and press To n e s , OR: Press Find , select the appropriate touch tone string s aved in your phone book, press Select , then press To n e s . Note: T ouch ton es are s ometimes r eferred to as D TMF tones. Send flash This option allows you to send various types of commands to the wireless network (for example, tr ansferring a call to another n umber). Consult your service provider for more information on how to use thi s feature. End all cal ls This option allows you to end all active and waiting calls sim ultaneously . Pressing the key du ring a 3-way call also ends all calls. New cal l This option is used to initiate a 3rd call for 3 -way calling. Select th is op ti on , e nte r the n ew pho n e num ber , th en pr es s Call . Press to connect the new call to the call already in progress. Accessing P hone book an d M enu Use these 2 options to access your phone book, or the phoneâÂÂs menus. After selecting ei ther of these 2 option s from the in call me nu, use the Phone book or phoneâÂÂs menus as you normally w ould. Note: Not all of the Menus and Phone book options are available du ring a call ( for example you cannot add a voice tag to a number while you have an a ctive call).
[ 36 ] Muti ng/u nmut in g the mi croph one Y ou can mute an d unmute your phoneâÂÂs microphone while a ca ll is in progress. When your micr ophone is muted, you can still he ar the other caller . 1. Pre ss Optio ns . 2. Scroll to Mute , th en pre ss Select . 3. T o un mute th e micr ophone, p ress Unmute . 4. Muting and unmuting a lso affects the microphon es of any accessories connected to the ph one. Anykey answer When this feature is turned on, you can answer an incoming call by briefly pressi ng any k ey (while th e sliding cove r is open) except th e Silent se le ct ion key , or . T o enab le/d isab le A nyke y ans wer: 1. Pre ss Menu 4-2-1 ( Setti ngs - Call setting s - Any key an swer ). 2. Scroll to either Off or On , and press Select . ⢠Caller ID This is a network service that helps identify incoming ca lls. Contact your service provider for de tails and availability . When C aller ID is activ e, you r phon e may disp lay the c alle râÂÂs phone n umber . The callerâÂÂs name may also display if their n ame and number has been stored in the ph one book or if the wireless network supports it. Call- caller ID unavailab le will display when the wireless network doesnâÂÂt recognize the calling number . Also, Call -ca lle r ID bl ock ed may display if the calling party has blocked caller ID. Note: If you ha ve stored a number m ore than once in your ph one book, and that number is stored each time w ith a differ ent na me, th en a name wil l not ap pear when som eone calls from that number . See âÂÂPhone bookâ on page 25 for details on your phone book.
[ 37 ] A dvanced callin g features ⢠Call for warding This network service allows you to forwar d your incoming calls to a nother number (for example, your h ome or office phone number). Contact your service provider f or more details, and for the pr oper activation codes. Y ou can sele c t one of the f ollowing forwarding modes: ⢠Forward al l calls - a l l voice calls are forwar ded and no ringing ton e is played at an incoming call. ⢠Forward call s if number busy - voice calls are forwar ded whe n your number is busy . ⢠Forward call s if not answered - voice calls are f orwarded when you donâÂÂt answer a call within the preset time-out. ⢠Forward ca lls if out of r each or pho ne i s of f - voice calls are forwarded when you r phone is switched off or outside of the network service area. ⢠Cancel all call f orwarding - a ll call forwardin g options ar e cancelled. For each of the above modes you can select Activa te (turns for warding on if allowed by the network) and Can ce l (turns forwarding off). For more information on activating this service, see â Networ k feature settingâ on page 9 1, and âÂÂC all forwardingâ on page 9 1. ⢠Call waiting This network service lets you receive an incoming call when youâÂÂre already in a call. (Contact your service provider for availability .) The phone beeps to let you know of the in coming call. T o answe ring a wai ting call: Press the key (or the Answe r selection key) to automatically plac e the current active call on hold and answer th e new call.
[ 38 ] T o r eje ct a wa it in g c al l Either let the phone r ing, or pr ess the Quit selection ke y . T o switch be tween the 2 calls â¢P r e s s . T o end the a ctive call Simply allow th e other party to hang up; the call on hold then becomes the active call. O R: 1. Press while in the active call. 2. The n etwork will cause the call on hold to call your phone. Answer this as y ou would any n ormal incoming c all. ⢠Send own caller ID with next call This feature allows you to block caller ID when you call some one (your number will n ot be displayed on their caller I D). This feature works on a per-call basis. Contact your service pr ovider for more de tails. Note: This feature is on ly effective wh en calling to a number that is equipped w ith Caller ID. Note: This feature is avai lable only wh en supported by the w ireless network, and may not function if you are roaming. For more i nformation on activating and using this service, se e âÂÂNetwork feature settingâ on page 9 1, and â Send own caller ID whe n callingâ o n page 93. ⢠3-w ay confer ence cal ls This network service allows you to talk to two peo ple at the same time . Note: Check with your ser vice provider to make sure this service is available in your network. 1. Make a call to th e first participant as usu al. 2. When youâÂÂre ready to place a call to the third party , enter the num b er and press .
[ 39 ] A dvanced callin g features 3. Press again to connect both parties. 4. To end the call, press . This will disconnect both parties. I f you only wish to disconn ect with one party , have the other party terminate the call on his/her end. T IP : Y ou can also dial the third party from th e phone book. W hile in the call, press Opti on s , scroll to Pho ne boo k . Press the roller twice. Scroll to the desired entry and press the roller . Scroll to the desired number (if necessary), then pr ess and hold the roller to d ial the call. Placi ng one of the par ties o n hold While all three parties ar e connected, pressing th e key places the 2nd party to join on hold. Pressing a third time returns the 2nd party to the conversation while putting the 1st party on hold. Note: Once you place on e of the parties on h old, you are u nable to rejoin all three parties in the con ference call. ⢠Autom atic redial If automatic redial is turned on, your phone m akes up to four attempts to connect the call when the system (not th e number dialed) is bu sy . T o tu rn on automatic redial: 1. Pre ss Menu 4-2-2 ( Setti ngs - Call setti ngs - Automatic red ial ). 2. Highlight On , th en pr ess Select . If the system is busy , you may hear a quick bu sy signal. T o stop the ph one from redial ing, press . Note: Automatic redial works when th e wireless network is busy . Y our phone will not redial to a phone number that is in use. ⢠Calling card If you wish to use a calling card for long distance calls, you must first save your calling card inform ation into your ph one. Y o ur phone is equipped to handle up to 4 calling cards. Calling card Call settings Back None Select 5
[ 40 ] Savi ng calli ng card informat ion 1. Pre ss Menu 4-2-4 . 2. Scroll to the calling card you want to e dit, then pre ss Opti ons . 3. Scroll to Edit , then press OK . 4. Enter your security code (see page 5 8), then pr ess OK . 5. At Dia ling sequ en ce , press Select . Scroll to the dialing sequen ce your card us es, then pre ss Select . 6. En ter ac ces s numb er (u sua lly the 1-80 0 nu mber li sted on the b ack of the calling card), th en press OK . 7. Enter your card n umber and/or PIN , then pre ss OK . Y our phone displays Save changes? Press OK . 8. Scroll to Card name , th en pre ss Select . Enter the card name us ing your phoneâÂÂs keypad, then press OK . Note: This procedure might n ot work with all calling cards. Please look at the bac k of your calling card or contact your long distance comp any for m ore i nfo rma ti on. Dia ling s equen ce Use fo r car ds tha t requ ire you to: Card s u si ng this seq ue nce Access num ber phone number ca rd number Dial 1-80 0 acce ss number , the n phone nu mber , then card number ( PI N if required) MCI, AT & T True Choice, Sprint Can ad a, U nit el Access num ber ca rd number phone number Dial 1-80 0 acce ss number , the n card numbe r ( PI N if required) , then ph one num ber network MCI, WorldPhone MCI, AT & T Prefix phone number ca rd number Di al t he pref ix ( any num ber s th at must p reced e the ph one number) and phone n umber y ou want to dial, then card number ( PIN if required) V erizon, P acBe ll, AT & T, S t e n t o r
[ 4 1 ] A dvanced callin g features Choosin g a call ing car d to use Use Men u 4-2-4 to sele ct a call ing card to use. Y ou will be requi red to enter your security code. Making calling car d calls After you have sa ved your calling card info rmation in your phone, you can make a c all using your calling card. 1. Enter the phon e number , including any prefix (such as 0 or 1) that your calling card may require when you make a calling card call. See your calling card for instructions. 2. Press and hold for a few seconds until your phone displays Car d c all . 3. Y our phone displays W ait for to ne, th en pre ss OK . When you he ar the tone or system message, press OK . 4. Y our phone displays W ait for t one, press O K agai n . When y ou hear the tone or system message, press OK . ⢠V oice dialing Y ou can dia l up to 1 0 of your phone bookâÂÂs stored numbers using th e voice dialing feature. Before you can plac e a ca ll using voice dialing, you must first assign a voice "tag" to the numbe r . Assigni ng a vo ice tag to a phone numb er Y ou can create a voice "tag" (such as a personâÂÂs name), for up to 1 0 phone book entries, th en dial the number using the V oice dialing f eature (see âÂÂDialing a n umber using voice diali ngâ on page 43). Ass igning a voic e tag to an ent ry 1. At the Start screen , press the roller . Scroll to the desired phone book entry , and press the r oller . 2. Highlight the phone number to w hich you want to add a voice tag and press Optio ns .
[ 42 ] 3. Scroll to Add v oice tag and press Select . (The phone displays Pre ss Sta r t, the n s pe ak af te r th e ton e ). 4. Pre ss Start , and after the tone, speak the voice tag clearly into the phoneâÂÂs microphone. Note: If recording is not successful, your p hone asks if you want to try again. Press Ye s to try again or Qui t to exit. The message V oice tag saved is displaye d upon com pletion of the record ing process. The icon n ext to a ph one number de notes that a voice tag exists for this n umber . Impor tant not es about voice tags: ⢠The voice tag can be no longer than 2 seconds in length. ⢠The voice tag is r eplayed immediately after recording as confirmation. ⢠The recording process stops automatically; pr essing Quit aborts the recording attempt. ⢠For best results, choose a quiet location wh en creating the voice tag (avoiding those areas with backgro und noise). ⢠Unique tags a re rec ogniz ed mo re accurate ly . Co nsi der us ing fir st and la st nam e, or fi rst name, las t name , and numb er ty pe (e.g . mo bil e, ho me, work , etc .) wh en tagg in g a number . For ex am ple, " John S mith, w ork ." ⢠A void pau ses or silence as you record the voice tag. ⢠If the voice tag memory is fu ll, the phone displays Era s e a n ex ist in g voi ce t ag? If so, press OK , scroll to locate a tag to erase, the n press Erase . ⢠Deleting a phone number erases any associated voice tags. Wa r n i n g ! Do not use a voice tag for dialing emergency num bers. In emergencies, stress causes changes in your voice, wh ich may keep the phone from recogn izing your voice com man d.
[ 43 ] A dvanced callin g features Dialing a nu mber using voice dialing 1. At the Sta rt sc reen, pres s an d h old t he Names selection key for 2 seco nds. A tone is h eard and Please sp eak now is displayed. 2. After th e tone, c learly speak the voice tag that yo u recorded prev iously into the m icrophone. Note: If the voice tag is not recognized by the phone (or if you fail to speak a tag within 3 seconds after the tone), the message Name no t re cogn ized will be dis play ed, an d then you ar e ret ur ned to the Start screen. 3. When the voice tag is recognized: ⢠the phone book entry will be displayed on t he screen for 3 seconds AN D ⢠the voice tag is replayed (via the ear piece). ⢠After 3 seconds, the n umber is dialed. T IP : When the h eadset is connected, pressing the headset bu tton mome ntarily at th e Start screen ha s the sam e effect as pressin g Names for 2 seconds. The alert ton es will play through the h eadset. Speak the voice tag into the headset microphone. The voice tag will playback through the headset to confirm your choice. W orkin g with an existing voice tag Y ou can listen to an ex isting voice tag (in case you f orgot what you recorded), re-record a voice tag, or er ase an existing tag. 1. At the Start scr een, pr ess the Names selection key . Scroll to Vo i c e ta gs and press the roller . Note: This option displays a list of only those names/numbers that have been assign ed a voice tag. 2. Scroll to the ph one number whose voice tag you want to edit, th en press Optio ns . 3. Scroll to either Pla yba ck , Cha ng e , or Erase , an d press t he roller . Note: If you chose Cha ng e , pre ss Sta r t to begin re-recor ding. The new tag that is recorded replaces the old information.
[ 44 ] ⢠1-touch d ialing When a phone number is assigned to one of the number keys (2 to 9), you can call the phone number in either of the following ways: ⢠Press the corresponding number key (2 to 9) and press . ⢠If the me nu func tion 1-touch dia ling is turne d on (Menu 4-2- 3), pre ss and hold the cor responding number key until th e call is start ed. Note: is pr e-assigned to dial your voice mailbox n umber . Setting up 1-to uch dialin g If yo u want t o assign a n umber to on e of th e num ber k eys (2 -8), do th e following: 1. Pre ss Names . 2. Scroll to 1-touch dialin g and press the roller . 3. Scroll to the de sired number key (key 2 to key 9 ), and press Assig n . Note: If a phone num ber is already ass igned to a key , the ph one book entry name is displayed and th e left s election key is Opti ons . 4. Enter the phone number m anually , or pr ess Find to locate a phone book entry . 5. Select the desire d name or e ntry from the phone book. I f more th an 1 number is stor ed for that entry , scr oll to the desired number and press Select . 1-touch dialin g optio ns Y ou can change or erase (clear) numbers assigned to 1-t ouch dialing, view the number assigned to a key , or call from th e 1-touch di aling menu. 1. Pre ss Names . 2. Scroll to 1-touch dialin g and press the roller . 3. Scroll to the de sired number key (key 2 to key 9 ), and press Opti ons . 4. Scroll to either Cal l , Cha ng e , Erase , or View nu mber and press Select .
[ 45 ] A dvanced callin g features ⢠Phone book enhan cements Multipl e numbers per pho ne book entry The ph oneâÂÂs in ternal ph one b ook allow s you to sto re multiple phone n umbers per name, as we ll as an e-mail address, street address, and tex t notes. Y ou can store up to 5 numb ers per na me . The fi rst nu mber saved under a nam e is automatically set as the primar y number for the nam e. For mo re info rmation on primary numbers, see âÂÂPrimary numberâ on page 46. Adding a ne w nu mber to a n am e 1. From the Start screen, press the roller . Scr oll to the phone book entry you want to edit, and press Opt ions . 2. Scroll to Add number , and press the roller . 3. Scroll to General , Mo bi le , Home , Wo r k , or Fa x , and press the roller . Note: Y ou can later ch ange the n umber type by using the Change Ty pe option in the option list. 4. Enter the number and press OK to sa ve it. Edit ing a n umber 1. From the Start screen, press the roller . Scr oll to the phone book entry you want to edit, and press the roller . 2. Scroll to the num ber you wish to edit and pr ess the roller . 3. Scroll to Edit number an d press t he roller . 4. After m aking changes to the n umber , press OK . Era sing a num ber 1. From the Start screen, press the roller . Scr oll to the phone book entry you want to edit, and press the roller . 2. Scroll to the number you wish to erase and press the roller . 3. Scroll to Erase number and press the roller .
[ 46 ] 4. Pre ss OK to confirm your choice. Wa r n i n g ! Once an entry is erased, it cannot be recovered. Primary n umber The fir st number stored wit h a name is de signated as th e "prim ary numbe r ," and is the number dialed when pressin g and holding the r oller on the selected name/phone book entry . If you h ave multiple number s s tored in a phone book en try , you can designate any of the othe r numbers as the primary number: 1. From the Start screen, press the roller . Scr oll to the phone book entry you want to edit, and press the roller . 2. Highlight the number you wish to designate as the pr imary number and press the roller . 3. Scroll to Set as primary no. and press the roller . Note: The primary number is always the f irst number displayed when viewing the de tails of a phone book entry . Changing a number type When you add a ne w number to an existin g phone book en try , you can specify what type of number you are entering at that time ( Gener al , Mobi le , Home , Work , or Fa x ). If you need to chan ge the number ty pe: 1. At the Start screen , press the roller . Select the phone book entry to edit, and press the roller . 2. Pre ss Optio ns . Scroll to Ch ange type and press the roller . 3. Scroll and highlight the n ew number type . Press the roller to confirm your new selection.
[ 47 ] A dvanced callin g features Saving text info rmation Y ou can store text information (such as E-mail address, postal address, or a personal no te) with each phone book entry . Adding a text i tem to a nam e 1. From the Start screen, press the roller . Scr oll to the phone book entry you want to edit, and press Opt ions . 2. Scroll to Add te xt and press the roller . 3. Scroll to either E-mail , Addr ess , or Note , an d press the roller . 4. E nte r th e te xt ( f or ex am pl e, an e- ma il ad dr es s), the n pr ess OK . Note: Y ou may not be able to save multiple e-mail a ddresses, postal addresses or text notes, due to your phone b ookâÂÂs memory . Searching the p hone book 1. Pre ss Names , scroll to Find and press the roller . 2. Enter the first character(s) of the name you want to fi nd an d p res s Find . 3. Scroll to the correct name and press the roller to view ph one nu mber( s). Quick Find: At the Sta rt Screen, press the roller and enter the first few character(s) of the desired name. Scr oll to the desired en try and press th e roller to view the phone number(s) or other details. Phone bo ok scroll vi ew Y ou can ch ange the way you view the phone bookâÂÂs information fr om th e default Nam es lis t (sh owing an a lphabetized list of entries) to Name and numbe r (displays the name and the prima ry number). T o change the ph one bookâÂÂs scrolling vie w: 1. At the Start scr een, press Names . 2. Scroll to Opti ons and pr ess the roller .
[ 48 ] 3. Select Phone b ook vie w . 4. Scroll to select the desired view and press the roller . ⢠Caller groups Y ou can set the phone to sound a specific rin ging tone and fl ash a gra phic (picture) on the display when you receive a call from a particular name and phone nu mber . T o do this, first include th e name and n umber in the desired caller group. Then, select a ringing tone and graphic for this group. Note: Y ou can set the phone to ring only upon calls from n ames and numbers that belong to a specific caller gr oup. See â Advanced calling featuresâ on page 34. Addin g a name a nd phone nu mber to a caller g roup 1. Once you have recalled the desired name an d number from the phone book, press Opti ons . 2. Scroll to Caller gro ups , a nd p ress the roller . 3. Scroll to the de sired caller group (for e xample Fa m i l y ), and press the roller . Set ting a ri nging tone an d grap hic for a calle r gr oup 1. Pre ss Names . 2. Scroll to Caller gro ups and pr ess the roller . 3. Scroll to one of th e caller groups and press the roller . 4. Scroll to one of th e following f unctions and p ress the roller . ⢠Rename grou p Enter the new name for the caller gr oup and press OK . ⢠Gro up rin ging tone Scroll to the desired tone and press OK . Def ault is the tone selected for the curren tly selected profile.
[ 49 ] A dvanced callin g features ⢠Gro up gra ph ic Scroll to On , Off , View , Send grap hic (sent via SMS) , and press Select . ⢠Gro up Membe rs Press Select to view group mem bers. To add or remove a member , press Optio ns , then select Add name or Remove nam e . 5. If you selected Send gra phi c (sent via SMS ), enter the recipientâÂÂs phone number or recal l it from p hone book and press OK . Note: Y ou can also receive graphics via SMS. Once you receive a new graphic, scroll to View graphic or Save gra ph ic and press OK . If yo u s ele cted Save graphic , select the desired caller group and press OK . â¢M e m o r y s t a t u s Y ou can check what pe rcentage of the phoneâÂÂs i nternal memory is in use and how much memory is still unoccupied. 1. Pre ss Names . 2. Scroll to Opti ons and press the roller . 3. Scroll to Memory status and press the roller . The bar graph displayed is a visual representation of the percentage of th e phoneâÂÂs memory that is in use vs. available memory . The actual percentage of free and used mem ory is also displayed numerically .
[ 50 ] 12. Customize your phone ⢠Customi zing the Navi ro ller Pressing the roller at the Start screen activates the Roller menu . As a default, th e Rol ler menu provides ac cess to your ph one book. Y ou can chan ge the Roller menu to provide access to any of the following optional menus: Quick Menu (allows you quick access to Mes sa g e s , Calendar , To - d o l i s t , Prof il es , Setti ngs , Pho ne book , and Full menu ), 1-touch di aling , an d th e Prof il es menu . Chang ing ro lle r funct ion 1. At the Star t scree n, press Menu 4-3-4 ( Se tti ng s - Ph one set tin gs - Roll er f unc tion ), then pres s Select (or wa it for 3 seco nd s). 2. Scroll to the desired me nu and press Select (or press the roller ). ⢠W orking with profiles Even thou gh you r phon e comes pr e-conf igured with ma ny diff eren t profile s to match your business and n on-business environments, you can modify the existing pr ofiles to better su it your needs. Customiz ing a pr ofil e 1. Press once. 2. Scroll to one of the following profiles: Normal (default) , Silent , Meeti ng , Out door , Pa g e r , Hand s free , or He ads et and press Opti ons . Note: If phone is connected to car kit, h ands free desktop char ging stand, or headset, access to profiles is available via the Profiles menu on ly . 3. Select Custo mize and press OK .
[ 5 1 ] Customize your phone 4. Scroll to the settin g you want to customi ze (for ex ample, Ri ngi ng to ne ) and press the roller . 5. Scroll to the option you want and press OK . Settin gs you can customize Ringin g option Defines how the phone notifie s you of an incoming voice call. The option s are : Rin g , Asc en di n g , Ri ng onc e , Beep onc e , an d Sile nt . Note: If the ringing option is set to Silent , n o ringing ton e, m essage alert tone, keypad tones, warning ton es, or game ton es will be heard. Ringing tone Sets the ringing ton e for voice calls. T here are 35 to choose from, which will play as you scroll through the list. Ringin g volum e Sets the volume level for ringing and message alert tones. Mess age al ert t one Sets the ringing tone type for text messages. Key p a d t o ne s Sets the volume level for keypad tones or turns the keypad tones off. Wa r n in g t o n e s T urns warning and confirma tion tones on or of f. For example, when turned on, th e p ho ne s ou nds a warn ing ton e w he n th e b at ter y is runn ing out of p ower . Accept ed caller gr oups Allows you to have the phone aler t you only when a member of a selected calling group is calling.
[ 52 ] Vibrat in g al ert If you are using the optional vibratin g battery , you can set your phone to vibrate on an incoming voice call. Note: The vibrating alert d oes not work when the ph one is connected to a ch arger or desktop stand. Autom atic answ er (H and sfree and He adse t profil es only) Sets the phone to answer an in coming voice call after one ring. Note: This functio n can only be used w hen your phone is con nected to a headset, to the h ands free desktop ch arging stand, or to a car kit equipped w ith the ignition sense option, with the ign ition on. Ligh ts (in Han ds free pr ofile only) T urns the display and keypad lights o n or off. Renam ing profiles Y ou can rename any pr ofile exce pt Normal , Hand sfree , an d Headset . 1. Pre ss Menu , scroll with th e roller to Prof iles and press the roller . 2. Scroll to the profi le you want to r ename and press Opti on s . 3. Scroll to Rena me and press OK . 4. Press and hold Clear to er ase the exis ting name, th en en ter the ne w name and press OK . For in format ion about en tering letter s, see page 23. ⢠Display options Setting th e displa y langua ge Y ou can us e th e Language menu (4-3 - 1) to sele ct the language for your phoneâÂÂs display . Y ou can ch oose from the followin g languages: English, French, Spanish, P ortuguese, Hebrew , and Russian. Language setting also affects the time and date formats of the following functions: A larm clock ( Menu 4- 1- 1 ), Clock ( Menu 4- 1-2 ) and Calendar ( Menu 8 ), as w ell as enable s the s pecial ch aracte r set (for text en try) unique to th e language sele cted.
[ 53 ] Customize your phone Display contrast T o adjust the contrast of the phoneâÂÂs LCD display , press Menu 4- 3-5 ( Setti ngs-P hone set tings-D ispl ay contr ast ), and use the roller to adjust the contrast. Pre ss OK to s ave the new settin g. Displaying the current call timer The current call timer displays the approximate running time of the call you a re currently on. T o display t he curr ent call t imer : 1. Pre ss Menu 2-5-1 , th en pr ess Detai ls (or wa it for 3 secon ds ). 2. Pre ss Select and scroll to either Off or On . Press OK to confirm your choice. During a call, you r phone displays the elapsed time of the cu rrent call. Upon completion of th e call, the timer will show the final call time. Pressing th e key c lears the tim er and returns you to the Start sc reen. â¢C l o c k Y our phon e cont ains a real- time clock that is integr ated into other fun ctions of your phone. The clock will display th e curren t time on the Start screen. Y ou can also choose to hide the clock if you prefer . See " Displaying or hiding the clock" on page 54. Note: Y o ur phone also features an alarm clock. See "Alarm clo ck" on page 75 for details. Setting the ti me 1. Press Menu 4-1-2 ( Settings - Time settings - Clock ), and p ress Select (or wai t 3 sec onds). 2. Scroll to Se t the tim e , and press the roller .
[ 54 ] 3. Enter the current time, then press OK (time will appear in hh:m m ). 4. Select am or pm and press OK . Selecting a time form at 1. Pre ss Menu 4-1-2 ( Setti ngs - Time se tting s - Cloc k ), and press Select (or wa it 3 sec onds ). 2. Scroll to Time fo rmat , and pr ess the roller . 3. Scroll to either 24-ho ur or am/pm and press the roller . Displaying or hidin g the clock 1. Pre ss Menu 4-1-2 ( Setti ngs - Time se ttings - Cloc k ), and press Select (or wa it 3 se conds ). 2. Depen ding on the cu rrent settings, either Hi de cl ock or Show clock will be highlighted. 3. Pre ss Select . â¢W e l c o m e n o t e Y ou ca n us e the We l c o m e n o t e menu (4 -3-3) to cr eate a brief m essage (up to 44 characters) that displays briefly ever y time the phone is switched on. ⢠Restore fa ctory settings Y ou can us e th e Resto re facto ry setting s menu ( Menu 4 - 6 ) to restore your phone back to its origina l configuration, without affecting the phone book, language settings or timers. Note: Y ou will be require d to enter you r Security code before restorin g the factory settings.
[ 55 ] Customize your phone ⢠Disable/enable the active slide Y ou can disable the active slide feature in th e event you don âÂÂt wish to answer or en d calls using th e slide. 1. Pre ss Menu 4-3-6 ( Setti ngs - Pho ne setti ngs - Sl id e set ti n g ). 2. Pre ss Select . Scroll to Off or On an d press the roller . Note: If you disable the active slide, closing or opening the cover w ill no longe r activate or deactivat e K eygua rd. If you wish to use Ke y guard with the active slide deactivated, you must manual ly enable and disable keyguard.
[ 56 ] 13. Security settings ⢠K eypad lock (K eyguard) With keyp ad loc k (keygu ard) you can temporaril y lock you r phon eâÂÂs keyp ad to prevent the keys from be ing accidentally pressed (for ex ample, wh en the phone is in your pocket or in your purse). To l o c k t h e k e y p a d : ⢠Close the sliding cover and press Lo ck Key s . appears at the top of the display . To u n l o c k t h e k e y p a d : ⢠Open the slidin g cover . If yo u want to l ock the keys withou t closin g the slide, press Menu fo llowe d by (within th ree seconds). To unlock the keypad, pre ss Unlock followed b y either (within th ree seconds), or OK . It is possible to answer a call, eve n though keygu ard is activated (see â An swering a call â on page 20). Wh en the call has ended, keyguard will reactivate only if you used the Answe r selection key or . Note: Calls may be possible to the emer gency number progr ammed into your phone (for example, 9 1 1 or other official emergency number ). ⢠Phone lock This feat ure protec ts your phon e from un autho rized outgo ing calls or unauthor ized access to informat ion stor ed in the ph one. When activated, Ph one loc ke d will b e disp layed e ach tim e you t urn you r phon e o n or of f. Wh en you pre ss ei ther Name s or Menu , you wil l be prompte d fo r your l ock code. Once your lock cod e has been accep ted , your ph one will functi on no rma l ly . Note: Cal l not allowe d will be displayed if you attempt to place a call while ph one is locked.
[ 57 ] Security s ettings Activating and deacti vating phon e lock Press Menu 4-4-2 -1 ( Setti ngs - S ecuri ty set ti ngs - Ac cess code s - Pho ne lock ). Enter the lock code then press OK . T hen scroll to On or Off , and press OK . Complete the phone lock ac tivation or deactiva tion by turning your phone off and back on. When y our pho ne is locke d, calls may be p ossible t o the e merge ncy n umber program med into your pho ne (e.g. 9 1 1 or other official e mergen cy number ). Y o u can also store a number in the Allowed number when phon e locked loc ati on, w hich allows you t o ca ll thi s n umbe r eve n tho ugh you r pho ne is lock ed (For mo re d etai ls, se e âÂÂS torin g th e allo we d pho ne nu mber â on pag e 57) . Answe ring a call with phone lock on Press any key except and . Allowed num ber when p hone locked W hen the ph on e lo ck is on , no c al ls ca n be ma de. Bu t if you s tor e a nu mber in the allowed number location, y ou ca n m a k e a c a l l t o t ha t nu m b er w hi l e the phon e is lo cked. Stor ing the a ll owed phon e numb er 1. Pre ss Menu 4-4- 2-2 ( Setti ngs - Secu rity sett ing s - Acces s co des - Allow ed numb er w hen p hone locked ). 2. Enter lock code and press OK. 3. Enter phone n umber at Number: (or pre ss Find and recall th e number from the phone book) and press OK . Calli ng the allowe d phone number Note: Y our phone m ust be locked via the ph one lock to use th is feature. Roll the roller either up or down. The allowed number will be di splayed. Press to place the call.
[ 58 ] ⢠Acce ss codes These codes m ay only include t he characters 0 t o 9. The phone prompts you t o enter the current code and the ne w code. It also pr ompts you to verify the new code. Note: Avoid using access codes s imilar to the emergency numbers, such as 9 1 1, to pr event accidental dialling of the emer gency number . Security code Y our ph one will pr ompt you for a f ive digit sec urity code f or certain featur es. These f eatur es can be use d only after the cor rect secur ity code h as been successfu lly entered. Note: When ente ring your security code, ***** will appear on the display to keep others from vie wing your code. If you make a mistake entering the code, erase the last entered digit by pr ess in g Clear (or press and h old Clear to del ete a ll the d igit s on your display) . Then enter the correct code or press Ba ck to exit the curr ent featur e. If you enter an incorr ect security code ( Code er ror will appear) five times in a row , your phone wonâÂÂt accept any entries f or the next f ive minutes. Y our phoneâÂÂs default secu rity code is 12345 . ItâÂÂs h ighly recommended that you change this code at on ce, wr ite it down, and store it in a safe place away from your phone. Chan ging your se curity code 1. Pre ss Men u 4-4-2- 3 ( Setting s - Sec urity setti ngs - Acc ess code s - Change se curity co de ) and press Select . 2. Enter existing (or def ault) security code and press OK . 3. Enter new 5-di git security code and pr ess OK . 4. Re- enter your new 5-digit security code for ver ification, and press OK . 5. Phone w ill display Securi ty code changed . Note: If you have changed your secu rity code and donâÂÂt remember the new code, contact your service provider . Once you h ave changed your security code, th e default setting is no l onger valid.
[ 59 ] Security s ettings Lock code Y ouâÂÂll need the lock code to act ivate and deactivate Phone Lock, or to change your lock code. T he default l ock code is 1234 . If y ou en te r an incorrect lock code five tim es in a r ow , your phone will pr ompt you for the security code (see page 5 8). Chang ing yo ur lo ck co de In a lock code, on ly numeric char acters are accepted. 1. En ter Menu 4-4- 2 -4 ( Setti ngs - Secu rity setting s - Access c od es - C han ge lo ck c o de ) an d press Select . 2. Enter current (or default) lock code and press OK . 3. Enter new l ock code, press OK . 4. Re- enter new lock code f or verification, press OK . Note: When you change your lock code, mak e sure you store it in a safe place, away from your phone. Avoid entering access codes similar to emergency nu mbers to pr event acciden tal eme rgency calls. ⢠Call restrictions This feature allows you to restrict incoming and outgoing calls. Outgoing calls are restricted from a list of restrictions that you create yourself. Incoming calls are restricted to th e All call s option (you can not create a list of restrictions for incoming calls). Restr icting out going call s Upon selecting Res trict o utg oin g c alls fro m the me nu, you are pres ented with the f ollowing options: ⢠Select allows yo u to sel ect call r estricti ons fr om the outgoi ng calls l ist. Note: This menu option is ava ilable only when one restriction has been en abled. ⢠Add re stri ctio n allows you to create you r own list of outgoing call restriction s.
[ 60 ] Once you have accessed Add r estri cti on and have added at least one restriction, the f ollowing options will be added to the menu for that option: ⢠Edit allows you to edit an existing ou tgoing call restriction. ⢠Erase will erase any existing outgoing call restrictions. Note: When calls are r estricted, calls may be possible to the emerge ncy number progr ammed into your ph one (e.g. 9 1 1 or other official emerge ncy numb ers). Addin g outgo ing call rest riction s Y ou can add up to 1 0 restrictions for outgoi ng calls. The maximum number of cha racters you can enter for each rest riction is 15. 1. Pre ss Menu 4-4-1 ( Setti ngs - Secur ity setting s - Call re st ricti ons ) 2. Select Restrict ou tgoing cal ls . 3. Enter the security code and press OK . 4. Scroll to Add r estri ction to cr eate an outgoing ca ll restriction and press OK . 5. Enter the number string yo u wish to restrict and p ress OK . For ex amp le: ⢠If you wish to restrict all calls that begin w ith 1, enter 1 . ⢠If you wish to restrict all calls that begin with 1972, enter 1972. ⢠If you wish to restrict all calls that begin with 2 14, en ter 2 14. ⢠If you wish to enter a na me for th e call re stri ction, en ter the name using your phoneâÂÂs keypad, then press OK . If a n ame is not e ntered, the number th at is restricted will appear in place of the name. Note: When creating a new restrict ion, that restr iction is au tomatically selected (enabled) at th e time it is saved.
[ 6 1 ] Security s ettings Selecting call restrictio ns 1. Pre ss Menu 4-4-1 ( Setti ngs - Security setti ngs - Call r estri ctio ns ). 2. Scroll to Restr ict outg oing call s or Restr ict incoming calls and press Select . 3. Enter the security code and press OK . 4. Scroll to Select and press OK . 5. Scroll to each r estriction you wish to use a nd press Mark ; pre ss Unmark to deactivate existing restrictions. 6. Pre ss Back and then pr ess Ye s (when prompted Sav e c ha ng es? ). Edit ing cal l restrict ions 1. Pre ss Menu 4-4 -1 ( Setti ngs - Secur ity setting s - Ca ll re st ric tion s ). 2. Scroll to Rest rict out going calls and press Select . 3. Enter the security code and press OK . 4. Scroll to Edit and press Select . 5. Scroll to the restriction you wish to edi t, press Select . Note: If n o na me h as been en tere d f or a re st ric tio n, t he res tric ted number will be displayed. 6. Press and hold Clear to erase entire number , then enter the new characters . Or use the roller to insert additional characters. Press OK when fin ished. 7. Edi t name if desired using same procedure as above. Era sing call restr ictions 1. Pre ss Menu 4-4 -1 ( Setti ngs - Secur ity setting s - Ca ll re st ric tion s ). 2. Scroll to Rest rict out going calls and press Select . 3. Enter the security code and press OK . 4. Scroll to Erase and press Select . 5. Scroll to the restriction you wish to erase, press Select . 6. Pre ss OK again to erase res triction.
[ 62 ] 14. T ext messages Using the Messag es menu (Menu 1 ) and Short Message Service (S MS), you can read, write and send text messages to another phone or to an e-mail address (if supported by your network). Note: T ext messaging is a network-dependent feature. Y ou may be requi red to subscribe to this servic e. Please contact y our servi ce provider for mo re informat ion. ⢠Reading text messages When you have receive d a text m essage, the indi cator and the text: (#) Message(s) receiv ed wil l appear on the display (w here # is the number of new messages received). 1. Pre ss OK to read the messa ge or pres s Exit to view it later . 2. While r eading the message, press Opti ons to scroll th rough the list of message options and press the roller to select the highlighted option. Readi ng unread messag es later/re -readin g messages From the Messag es me nu, press Inb ox . Scroll to the desired m essage and press the roller to read it. Note: in front of the message hea der indicates the message has not been read. in front of th e message header in dicates you have already viewed the messa ge. Message option s The Opti ons sub-menu includes options for reading, erasing, replying, forwarding, or m oving the mess age to the Archiv e folder . ⢠Y ou can also copy th e message to your ph oneâÂÂs calenda r as a remin der note by u sing the Copy to calend ar option.
[ 63 ] T ext mess ages â¢T h e Use num ber option captur es a phone number th at appears in the text message (or from the phone sending the SMS m essage) and provides you with options to Save the number to your phone book, Add t o name (add to existing phone book entry), Send messag e (t o t he n umb er) or Cal l . Abou t mes sage me mory Messages are stored in the followin g locations: ⢠Inbo x - stores new mess ages and read me ssages. ⢠Out box - saves copies of all sen t messages or messages waiting to be sent (in the event th e network is tem porarily unavailable). ⢠Archi ve - use d to file read mess ages and sen t messages for long- term stora ge. A blinking icon indicates the text message me mory is full. B efore you can receive, sa ve, or send an y new messages, yo u must delete older messages fro m your In box , Outbo x , or the Archiv e folder . Erasi n g in div idual text me ssag es 1. Once in the Messages menu, highlight t he m ess age you wish to erase in either the Inbo x , Out box , or Archiv e . 2. Pre ss Optio ns , scroll to Erase and press Select . Pre ss OK to con firm your choice. Era se messa ge opti ons The Message s menu has an option that allows you to erase th e entire contents of your m essages folders as described bel ow . All read - erases all read messages from I nbox (unread messages re ma in intact). Inbo x - e ras es all m essages in this folder . Out box - erases all messages in this folder . Archi ve - erases all messages in th is folder .
[ 64 ] Era sing mess ages in the m essage fo lder s 1. At the Start scr een, press Menu 1-5 ( Mes sa g e s - Erase messages ). 2. Highlight the folder wh ose contents you wish er ased and press OK . 3. Enter your secu rity code and press OK to comple te the erase pr ocess. ⢠Usin g predictive text in put Y our phone offers you a quick way to write text messages via a very highly compressed database of common words (or "dictionary"). When you use the keypad to spell a word, predictive text input tries to anticipate the word you are tr ying to enter , saving you time w hen creating mess ages. Enab ling pre dictive tex t input 1. Begin writing a message. Press the Opti on s key after you have entered the first lette r . 2. Scroll to Dic ti onar y and pr ess the roller . 3. Scroll to select the desired dictionary language, and pr ess the roller . T IP : T o quickly enable or disable predictive text input, press and hold the Options selection key at th e text input display . Note: When predictive tex t input is in u se, the indicator is shown at the top of the display . Note: If you decide n ot to use predictive text in put for writing messa ges, use the same procedur e to select Dicti onary off . Enteri ng text u sing pre dictiv e tex t inpu t 1. Press each key only on ce for each letter (unlike tr aditional text in put). For example, to write â NokiaâÂÂ, press 6-6-5-4-2. Note: Do not pay attention to how the word appears on the display until you have completed the word.
[ 65 ] T ext mess ages 2. If the displayed word is correct, press to ge t a space, then start writing the next word. If the displayed word i s not correct, press to view oth er word options. T o return to th e previous match, press Prev iou s . T IP : T o view the list of matches, pr ess Options, scroll to Next match, th en press the roller . If there is no m atching word, press Insert to enter via traditional text input. See âÂÂAdding a new word to the dictionaryâ on page 66. In se rtin g n um be rs T o enter a number , press and h old the de sired number key . If you wish to switc h to tradition al number in put, press an d hol d the ke y . Upon completion of th e number entry , press and h old the key again to return to predictive text e ntry . Inser ting pun ctuati on symbo ls and specia l charac ters Press to add a punctuation symbol. The phone trie s to predict the correct symbol. T o change the symbol (when the symbols is highlighted), press repeatedly until the desired symbol appears. T o insert a different sym bol or special character , press and hold to enter the list of special characters. Then scroll to the character you want to use and press OK . Dele tin g characte rs and wo rds Press Clea r to delete the character to the left of the cursor . T o delete th e highlighted w ord, press f irst and then press Clear . When the cursor is between two words, press first and then press Cl ea r to delete th e preceding word. Chang ing ch aracte r cas e Press once to change the character ca se (when the cursor is next to a word or within a word).
[ 66 ] Addi ng a new word to th e di ctio nary Y ou will be prompted to add a n ew word to the dictionary (via tr aditional text input) if you try to write a word that does not already exist. 1. Pre ss Spell . Note: Y o u can also access the t raditional text i nput screen by pressing Opti on s , then selecting Edit word . 2. Enter the word via traditional text input (see page 23) and press Save . The word is added to t he dict ionary and to the message yo u are wr iting, and you return to the predictive text in put screen. Y ou ca n add h undreds of wor ds to th e diction ary , depending on th e langua ge used and the length of words added. Notes: ⢠The words not included in the dictionar y and which you accept (even accidentally) while in the predictive text input by pressi ng the roller , by pressing 0, or by deleting space between two words (thus forming a compound word) , will automatically be saved in the dictionary . ⢠When the dictionary becom es full, the m ost recently added w ord will replace the oldest w ord you have pr eviously added. Writin g compou nd word s Instead of writing the whole compou nd word at on ce, you can write its first part, press the roller to accept it, and write the second part. T IP : Y ou can also accept the first par t of the compound word by first adding a space (by pressing 0) and then rem oving the space by pressin g Cl ea r once.
[ 67 ] T ext mess ages ⢠Writin g and sendin g text me ss ages Y ou ca n us e the Messages menu to create and send text messages to another mobile phone, or to an e-ma il addr ess. Y ou ca n als o sa ve a dr aft of your message in the Ar chi v es folder f or later us e. T IP : Since S MS limits the number of characters in the message, a character counter appears in the upper right-hand corner of your phoneâÂÂs display . Writin g and sendi ng a tex t message 1. From the Start screen, press Menu , then press the roller . 2. Scroll to Write message and press the roller . 3. Ent er your mes sag e. For more in formation about entering text, see âÂÂEntering character s via the keypadâ on page 23 , and see âÂÂUsing predictive text inputâ on page 64. 4. To send the me ssa ge, pre ss Optio ns , and then sele ct Send messag e . Enter the ph one number (or pr ess Find to recall a number from the phone book) and th en press Send . T IP : The Messa ge Opti on s menu includes options for sending, saving, or erasing the message you are writing. Writin g and sendi n g an e-m ail me ssage 1. From the Start screen, press Menu , then press the roller . 2. Scroll to Write e-mail and press th e roller . 3. Enter the e-mail address (or pre ss Fi nd to r ecall an address from the phone book) and pr ess OK . 4. Enter a subje ct for your mess age, then pr ess OK . Note: The recipientâÂÂs e-mail address and message su bject appear at the begin ning of the tex t message.
[ 68 ] 5. Ent er your mes sag e. For more in formation about entering text, see âÂÂEntering character s via the keypadâ on page 23 , and see âÂÂUsing predictive text inputâ on page 64. 6. Pre ss Optio ns , then select Send e-mail . Note: Please cont act your s ervice provider in the event you are prompted for the e-mail gateway number . 7. Pre ss Send to sen d the message. A copy of all sen t messages remain in your Outbox. Pr ess Back to return to the Messages m enu, or pres s to r eturn t o the Star t screen. Replying to a message Y our phone allows you to reply to a tex t message with eith er a similar text messa ge, or as an e-ma il message. The origin of the message or the sender âÂÂs wireless network will affect how you reply to the incomin g messa ge. Note: Check with your service provider to see if mobile orig inated e-mail messages are available in your networ k. Re ply in g vi a SM S 1. While viewing a message, press Opti ons . 2. Scroll to Repl y and press the roller . 3. Scroll to one of th e following r eply types and press the r oller: ⢠Empty scr een - gives you an empty text bu ffer . ⢠Orig inal m essag es - o riginal message is included in the reply me ssa ge. ⢠One of the standard answer templates ( includes the ability to edit the answer or add addition al text). Standard answers include: Ye s , No , OK , Thank yo u , Congr atula tions , Hap py bir thd ay , I lo ve yo u to o , Hugs an d kisse s , Sorry , an d So rr y , I âÂÂm l ate . 4. After you write your reply , press Opti ons , and select Send mes sage . Press Send to sen d the message to the displayed number .
[ 69 ] T ext mess ages Re ply in g vi a e- ma il 1. While viewing a message, press Opti ons . 2. Scroll to Reply as e -mail and press the roller . 3. Scroll to one of th e following r eply types and press the r oller: ⢠Empty scr een - gives you an empty text bu ffer . ⢠One of the standard answer templates ( includes the ability to edit the answer or add additional text). Stand ard answers include: Ye s , No, OK, Thank you, Congratulations, Hap py b irthday , I l ove you too, Hugs and kiss es , Sorry , and Sorry , Iâ m late . Note: If the in coming e-mail m essage is improperly formatted, you may be required to re-enter the e-mail address (or press Find to recall an address from th e phone book), th en press OK . 4. Enter a subje ct fo r your me ssage, then pr ess OK . Note: The recipientâÂÂs e-mail address and message su bject appear at the begin ning of the tex t message. 5. Ent er your mes sag e. For more in formation about entering text, see âÂÂEntering character s via the keypadâ on page 23 , and see âÂÂUsing predictive text inputâ on page 64. 6. Pre ss Optio ns , then select Send e-mail . Note: Please cont act your s ervice provider in the event you a re prompted for the e-mail gateway number . 7. Pre ss Send to sen d the message. A copy of all sen t messages remain in your Outbox. Pr ess Back to return to the Messages m enu, or pres s to r eturn t o the Star t screen. For warding m essages Use the Forward or Forward as e-mail options to forward incoming messa ges to oth er us ers. ⢠After you select For ward, see âÂÂWriting and sen ding a text m essageâ on page 67 and follow th e instructions for comple ting the message.
[ 7 0 ] ⢠After yo u sele ct Forwa rd as e-mail , se e âÂÂWriting an d sen ding an e -mail me ss ag eâ on pa ge 67 and follow the instructions for completin g the me ssa ge. Message settings Y ou can assign s everal se ttings to the t ext me ssages you cre ate. T o access the se o pt ions , pr es s Options , scroll t o Message settings , th en pre ss Select . Y our choices are: ⢠Urgent - send s the messa ge as urgent. ⢠Rea d re ceip t - lets you know when the re cipient ha s read your me ssa ge. ⢠Cal lb a ck no . - includes your number in the messa ge so the recipient can easily call you once th ey have received you r message. Assi gning mess age option s 1. Scroll to the desired s etting, and then press Mark . 2. Pre ss Back , and then press Ye s to s ave changes to your message. 3. Scroll up and select Send me ssage (or select one of the other message options). Messages in the Ou tbox If you try to send a text message and the network is unavailable, the outgoing message will be saved in the Outbo x . Viewi n g the mes sage sa ved i n the Out box 1. From th e Messages menu, scroll to Out box an d press t he roller . 2. Scroll to the desired messa ge and press the roller to view it. 3. T o rese nd the me ssage, pr ess Opti on s , select the desired send option ( Sen d me s s ag e , Send e-mail ), and press Send . The Outbox Opt ions includes the same options as the Opti on s list for reading the m essage; however , Rep ly is n ot available.
[ 7 1 ] Y our per sonal assistant 15. Y our personal assistant Did you know that your phone can wake you up in the morning, re mind you of meetings, birthdays, a nd tasks , display the curr ent time, calculate your tip at dinner , and convert currencies? Y our phone has a calendar , to-do list, clock, alarm clock, calendar , an d phone bookâÂÂever ything you need in a pers onal digital assistan t. Re ad on to find out more. ⢠Calendar Y ou can use th e phoneâÂÂs calendar to record "calen dar notes" to remind you of appointments such as meetings, phone cal ls, birthdays, or general reminders. Alarms c an also be set to no tify you of your appointments or notes. Rem e mb er ! Y our phone must be switched on to u se th is func tion. Do not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is pr ohibited or when it may cau se interfere nce or da nger . Calendar views W eek list Press Menu , scroll to Calendar , and press Vi e w to view the week lis t. Us e week list to view your calend ar we ek by week. Tips : ⢠Y ou can also access the week list while in the Day lis t by pres sing Opti on s , scrolling to View by w eeks, an d pressing Select . ⢠In either the day list or we ek list, you can quickly jump to a certain date by entering the date via the keypad. For example , if today is the 9th, and you en ter 3, the ca lendar displays the 3rd day of the following month. Picture of W eek View
[ 72 ] Day list Press Men u , scroll to Calendar , and press t he roller to access the da y list. Use the Day list to scroll th rough your calendar day by day . For each day , the day list shows the date and the i con for each type of appointmen t you have set fo r the day . See â Adding a calendar noteâ on page 73. Da y view Once in the day list, scroll to the desired day and press the roller to access the day view . Day view allows y ou to scroll thr ough the notes made for th e selected day . The option list for day view includes the followi ng opti ons: Make a note , Erase , Edit, Res chedule, Repeat the current no te (every day , every w eek, biwee kly or every year ) , an d View the current note. View by weeks returns you to the week list. Go to d ate is u sed to jump to a specific date. Y ou can also Copy the note to another day . The Send note option provides var ious options for sending the current note (via IR, via SMS, or as an SMS text message). The Setting s option allows you to set the date, time, date format, time format and week format fo r the calen dar . The option Auto eras e allows you to set the ph one to automatically delete old notes after a specified period o f time. However , rep eat notes (for e xampl e, birthday or an niversar y notes) will not be deleted. Tip: When you are in the day lis t, day view or week list, you can quickly go to toda yâÂÂs day v iew by pressing .
[ 73 ] Y our per sonal assistant Not e view Once in the day view , scroll to the desired note an d press the roller to view the details of the appointment or reminder . Note view allows you to view the details of the selected note. The option list for n ote view include: Make a note , Erase , Edit, Reschedule , Repeat the cur rent note (e ve ry da y , ev er y we ek , bi wee kl y or ev ery yea r). View by weeks returns you to the week list. Go t o da te is u sed to jump to a specific date. Y ou can also Copy the note to another day . The Send note option provides var ious options for sending the current note (via IR, via SMS, or as an SMS text message). The Setting s option allows you to set the date, time, date f ormat, time format and week f ormat for the calendar . Th e option Auto eras e allows you to set the ph one to automatically d elete old n otes after a specified period o f time. However , repeat note s (for ex ample, b irthday or annive rsary notes) will not be deleted. Adding a calend ar note 1. While in the Day view , scroll to the desired day and pre ss Opti ons . 2. Select Make note . 3. Scroll to one of th e following n ote types and press the roller : (for information ab out entering letters and number s , see page 23) Note: Predictive text inp ut is not available for this f eature. ⢠M eeti ng - Enter the no te and press OK . Enter the time and press OK . ⢠Cal l - Enter the desir ed phone number (or press Find to r ecall it from phone book) and press OK . Enter the time and press OK . ⢠Birt hda y - Ente r the pe rsonâ s na me (or pr es s Find to recall it from phone book) and press OK . Enter date of birth an d year (optional). If you en ter the y ear of birth, th e note also displ ays the person âÂÂs age.
[ 74 ] ⢠Gener al note - Enter the n ote and press OK . 4. Scroll to the de sired alarm option and pr ess the roller . If you select Oth er , enter the ala rm time and press Select . The presence of an alarm is indicated by when you view the notes. Whe n the alarm so und s for a note The phone flashes its ligh ts, beeps, and displays the note. With a Call note on the displ ay , you can call the displayed n umber by pressing . T o stop the alarm, press Exit or . ⢠T o-do list Use this feature to create a to-do lis t and prioritize to-do item s. Addin g a task 1. Pres s Menu , scroll to To - d o list and pres s Add . 2. Enter the su bject of the To -do note a nd press OK . (For information about entering text, see âÂÂLetter s and numbersâ on page 23 and âÂÂUsing predictive text inputâ on page 64 .) 3. Then scroll to the desired priority (1, 2 or 3) and pr ess Sel e ct . Y ou can change the priority later by using the Opti on s men u: Change prio rity . Viewi ng tasks Onc e in the To - d o list , scroll to an item and press the roller to view its details. From the tasksâ Opt ions me nu, you c an add, erase or edit the note. Th ere are al so options for : ⢠Viewing the calen dar . ⢠Saving the to-do note to the calendar a s a da y note. ⢠Sending the no te via SMS. ⢠T urning on/off predictive text (dictionary).
[ 75 ] Y our per sonal assistant ⢠Alarm clock The Alarm c lock function of your phoneâÂÂs clock (Menu 4-1-1) can be set to so und an ala rm at a ti me yo u spe ci fy . The alarm c lock uses the tim e format set for the phone clock (12-hour or 24-hour format). The icon, displa yed on the Sta rt screen, indicates that an alarm is set. The alar m clock will work, r egardless if the phone is on or of f. When the ala rm sounds The phone sounds an alert tone. In addi tion, the text Al arm ! , the current time, a series of an imated icons, and the phoneâÂÂs lights all flash si multaneou sly . Pr es sing th e Stop selection key or th e ke y stops the alarm from sounding, and retu rns you to the Start screen . Snooz ing There are several ways you can enable th e Snooze featu re: â¢P r e s s t h e Sno o ze selection key . ⢠Pr ess any key (ex cept ). ⢠Allow the alarm to sound for 1 minu te. Once snooze is enabled, the alarm will sound again in f ive (5) minutes. If an alarm is set to ri ng while th e phone is switched off , the phone will turn its elf on and sound the alar m. If you pr ess Sto p , the text Sw it ch t he ph one on ? is displa yed. Press Ye s to place the phone in call mode, or No to switch off the phone. Rem e mb er ! Do not switch on the phone w hen w ireless phone u se is prohibited or when i t m ay cause interference or danger .
[ 76 ] â¢C a l c u l a t o r Y ou can use your p honeâÂÂs calculator to add, subtract, multipl y or divide number s and convert cu rrencie s. R EMEMB ER ! Do not switch on the ph one when wireless phone u se is prohibited or when i t m ay cause interference or danger . Using the calcula tor 1. Pre ss Menu , scroll to Calculato r , and press the roller . 2. âÂÂ0â appear s on the screen. Enter the fir st number in the calcu lation (press for decimal point). 3. T o add, press once ( ap pears); to subtract, press twice ( - ); to multiply , press th ree times ( * ); to divide, press fou r ti me s ( / ). Note: Yo u c a n a l s o p r e s s Opt ions , scroll to Add , Subtract , Mult iply or Divid e and press Select . 4. En ter the s eco nd numb e r . Repe at st e ps 3 an d 4 as ma ny time s as nece ssa ry . Note: A subtot al i s shown after you en ter the next opera nt ( , -, *, or /). 5. For a tota l, press Opti on s (or press the roller) twice. 6. To sta rt a new calculat ion, press an d hold Cl ea r for 2 secon ds. Note: This ca lculator has lim ited accuracy and rounding er rors may occur , especially in lon g divisions. Using calculator for currency conversion Set ting the exchange rat e 1. Pre ss Menu , scroll to Calculato r , and press the roller . 2. Pre ss Optio ns . Select Exchange rate .
[ 77 ] Y our per sonal assistant 3. Scroll to How many foreign units to a home uni t or How many home units to a foreign unit (depending on how you wish to convert the cur rency), an d press Sel e c t . 4. Enter the approp riate exchan ge rate and press OK (use the key for decimals). Exchange rate is displayed. Currency conversion 1. Once you have set the exchange ra te, enter the am ount to be converted (use to enter a decimal point). 2. Pre ss Optio ns scroll to either In home currency or In for eign currency , and press OK . The phone displays the converted am ount. T IP : If y ou c ho se How many fo reign u nits to a h ome unit while s aving the excha nge r ate, th e How many home units to a foreign unit option is automatically ca lculated and sa ved (or vic e versa). ⢠Contact manager Y ou can use you r phoneâÂÂs internal phone book as a contact manager by saving a personâÂÂs co ntact information (such as street address, e-mail addres s, text not es, e tc.) alo ng wi th the ir name . See âÂÂSaving text informat ionâ on p age 4 7.
[ 78 ] 16. Infrared connections Use the Infrare d menu (Menu 1 1) to activate communic ation s betw een you r phon e and o ther devices through it s infrared (IR ) port. T o conn ect via IR, the device wit h which you want to connect must be IrDA compliant. Y our Nokia ph one is a Class 1 Laser Pr oduct. Note: The prefer able distance between the tw o devices in infrared connection is a ran ge of 3 inches to three fee t maxi mum. There must be no obstructions between the two devices and the IR por ts of the two devices have to be pointing at each other . ⢠Sending and receiving data via IR Y our phone has the ability to send and r eceive certain types of data via the infrared port; no additional cable or software is needed. Y o u can send and receive phone book en tries (busi ness cards), and cale ndar notes via IR. Tr ansmission/rece ption must be to/from a co mpatible phone or device (for example , anoth er phon e, compu ter or ha ndhel d device) . Gener al not es abou t sendin g or recei ving vi a IR 1. Ensure that the IR ports of the two devices are pointing at each other . 2. IR must be activated via th e IR men u prior to sending or receiving. 3. The user of the sending device s elects the desired IR function to start data tran sfer . If data tr ansfer is not star ted within 2 minutes af ter the activat ion of the IR port, the connection is cancelled and has to be started again.
[ 79 ] Infrared connections Checking the statu s of an IR connection The statu s of an IR connection is in dicated by . ⢠When is shown continuously , there is an IR connection between your phone and the other device. ⢠Wh en is not sho wn, no IR conn ectio n exist s. ⢠When blinks, your phon e is trying to con nect to the oth er device or the con nection has been lost. Other typ es of I R con nections Y ou ca n also establish a 2 -way connection between your PC or la ptop computer and your ph one via infrared. With this type of connection , your phone can: ⢠function as an external modem con nected via IR. Use your existing data sof tware (Dial-up Networking, AOL, etc.) or fax software (WinF ax Pro, HotF ax, etc.) to send and receive faxes , connect to t he Inte rnet, or check e-mail. For more information, see the accompa nying PC Con nec tivit y Guid e . ⢠synchronize itâÂÂs phone book, calendar , and to-do list with some of the most popular P e rsonal Information Manager (PIM) programs on the market (Outlook, ACT !, Lotus Organizer , Gold Mine, etc.). U se the FoneSync application found on the Nokia C D-ROM in conjunction with your e xisting PIM application to keep all of your information up-to-date. T ran smitting p hone b ook via IR Y our phone can transm it its ph one book information usin g the industry standard v .card format via itâÂÂs infrared ( IR) por t . "Bu siness cards" (v .cards) can be sent to another phone, a PC (running the appropriate software) or other IR-equipped handheld devices (such as P almâ¢, and Psion Series 5â¢).
[ 80 ] Send ing a busin ess card to anot her p hone o r other dev ice Note: Make sure that the other phone or device is set to receive data via its IR port. Please r efer to the user guide for the receiving device for mor e infor mation on enablin g IR com munication s and re ceivin g data o ve r IR. 1. Press the roller and scroll to the desired p hone book entry . Press the roller twice. 2. Scroll to Send car d v ia IR (to send phone book entry). 3. Ali gn the infrared por ts of both devices, th en pr ess the roller . Receiving a business card from another phon e or other device T o receive business cards from another compatible p hone, you need to first enable infrared com munications using the Infrared menu (Men u 1 1). Then, the user of th e other phone or de vices sends you a business card as described above. Once you have rece ived the n ame and ph one number , pre ss Sho w . Then press Optio ns , sele ct Save or Dis card , and press OK . Calendar notes via IR Y ou can send and receive calendar n otes between pho nes, as well as between other IR-equipped devices (such as P a lmâ¢, an d Psion Series 5â¢). Note: Make sure that the other phone or device is set to receive data via its IR port. Please r efer to the user guide for the receiving device for mor e infor mation on enablin g IR com munication s and re ceivin g data o ve r IR. Send ing a ca lendar note to anot her dev ice 1. Scroll to t he day on which the calen dar note you wish to send is saved and press the roller . 2. Scroll (if necessary) and highlight th e desired note and press Optio ns . 3. Scroll to Send note an d press the roller . 4. A li gn the infrared ports of both devices. 5. Highlight Send via IR an d press t he roller to in itiate data transfer .
[ 8 1 ] DLR-3P conn ectio ns 17. DLR-3P connections Y o u can e stablish a 2- way con nection betwe en your PC or lap top com puter and your ph one via t he DLR-3P serial cable. With this type of con nection, your phone can: ⢠function as an exter nal modem connected via the DLR-3P . Use your existing data software (Dial-up Networking, AOL, etc.) or fax software (WinF ax Pro, HotF ax, etc.) to send and r eceive faxes, con nect to the Intern et, or check E-mail. ⢠synchronize the phone book, calen dar , and to-do list with some of the most popular P e rsonal Information Manager (PIM) programs on the market (Outlook, ACT !, Lotus Organizer , Gold Mine, etc.). U se the FoneSync application found on the Nokia C D-ROM in conjunction with your e xisting PIM application to keep all of your information up-to-date. For more in for mation on connecting your phone to your PC or laptop via the DLR-3P , see the accompa nying PC C onne ctivi ty Gu ide . For more i nformation on synchronizin g data between your phone and popular P ersonal Information Manager (PIM) pr ograms using th e DLR-3P , please refer to th e FoneSync Getting Started brochure.
[ 82 ] 18. W AP services Note: This menu may n ot be visible if WAP services are unavailable in your area . W AP ( sh ort f or Wireless Application Pr otocol) is to mobile devices what WWW (world wide web) is to computer s. The mobile community began developing WAP in 1997 to giv e mobile devi ce users acce ss to the internet. T oday , mos t WA P sites are m ade up of text and hyperlinks, with some sites capable of text input or sele ction items in a list. Som e pages even contain low-resolution graphics. Because your service provider and others are free to design W AP sites as they ch oose, each site can vary almost as muc h as a web page on the I nternet. ⢠Services menu The Services menu (Menu 1 0) allows you to access special Internet content designed specifically for viewing from your mobile phone. Y ou can use your phoneâÂÂs W AP (Wirele ss Application Protocol) browser to view news, get w eather reports, check flight times, a ccess financial in formation, etc. The browserâÂÂs menu allows you to save addresses of WWW services as bookmarks, so you can return to your favorite we b sites quickly and e asily . Note: Y ou may be r equired to subscribe to these additional services before you can use the browser . Y our servi ce provider may also need to confi gure you r phon e for bro wsi ng. Che ck with your service provider for more information on this featu re. Impo rtant ! Internet content received over a secure connection and stored in your browser's cache can be reused over no n-secure connections. T o avoid security issues, empty you r browser's cache after each browsing session.
[ 83 ] W AP services ⢠About yo ur service provider Because the W AP content is specifically designed to be viewed from your mobile phone, your wire less s ervice provider now also becomes your "wirele ss Internet service pr ovider ." Y our s ervic e pro vide r has cr eated a spe c ial h ome page for you , and co nfi gured your phone to take you directly to this site. T here, you will find addition al links to other wireless W e b sites, providing a variety of content both locally , an d from around t he world. ⢠Launching the browser Note: Before you can connect to the Internet, you may be required to subscribe to th is service. Check with your wireless service provider for more in formation on WA P services. From the Start screen, press Menu , scroll to Service s , and press Home . Y our phone will attempt to connect to t he wireless I nternet. Note: If your phone displays Chec k serv ice setti ngs , it m ay not be configu red to access the Internet. Ple ase check with your service provider for wir eless Internet settings an d configuration. Note: Pressing terminates any active browser session and returns you to the Start screen. Understan ding a W AP web site While W eb sites on the W orld W ide W e b (WWW) are thought of as a "book" comprised of a group of interlinked pages, W AP web sites can be thought of as a "deck of interlinked cards." Some cards are comprised of tex t and hyperlinks. Other cards may require user input (e ntering text or numbers, selectin g items from a list, etc.). Some pages may even con tain low-resolution graph ic images.
[ 84 ] Because your ser vice provider (as well as WAP services providers around the world) are free to employ a variety of programming techniques, each "card" viewed could contai n a variety of elements. The following section is design ed to familiarize you with some of the most common W AP elements and how to get the m ost out of your browser . Understan ding and n avi gating a W A P card So me o f th e m ost co mmon card e lem ent s : ⢠Header l ine - shows current location. ⢠Activ e hyper link - highlighted and awaiting action. Press the roller to select the link and display a dditional content. ⢠Hyper link - used to navigate to oth er cards or sites. Scroll to select the lin k, then click the rol ler . ⢠Tex t - u se the roller to scr oll through the text. Cursor will automatically ju mp to the next hyperlink to activate it. ⢠Se le ctio n li st - iden tified by tex t in brackets. Click this link to display a dditional choices or lin ks. ⢠Opti on s/ Back - Displays a cardâÂÂs options menu and/or the br owser menu. B ack takes you back to the pr evious page. ⢠Data ent ry fiel d - ident ified by ellipse in brackets [...] . Th is field is us ed when specific user input is required (example: city name, stock symbol, airline name or flight number , etc.) . T o edit this field:
[ 85 ] W AP services 1. Highlight the data entry field and pr ess the roller . 2. Enter the text requ ested by the data entry field (example : Miami ) and press OK . Note: The text you entered on the previous screen is displayed between the brack ets. 3. Scroll to the link that i ndicates an action based on your text input. Press the roller . The browser menu Y ou can access the browser menu by pressing the N avi roller at the W AP Services menu. The following is a list a nd description of th e browser menu items: ⢠Home - starts a brow ser session and takes you to your service providerâÂÂs home page. ⢠Book ma rk s - displays a list of all bookmarks saved. ⢠Setti ngs - di splays th e br owserâÂÂs settings menu. ⢠Go t o addr es s - allows you to enter an address of you r choosing. ⢠Cl ea r th e ca che - used to empty the browser âÂÂs temporary memory location. Note: Some service provider s may have customized the Ser v ic es men u structure, placing many of the above selections under a WAP pageâÂÂs Opti ons menu. Please con tact your servi ce provider for more information , in the event that any of th e above menu options are unavailable. Note: For successf ul browsing, it is suggested that you empty the cache at the end of each session.
[ 86 ] The card Options menu Pr es sing th e Opti on s selection key while browsing a car d displays the following menu: ⢠Home - takes you back to your home page f rom the current lo cation. ⢠Book ma rk s - displays a list of all bookmarks saved. ⢠Edit or Select - allows you to either edit the curren tly selected browser elem ent (for example, a checklist or text entry f ield), or selects the active (highlighted) hyperlink. ⢠Go t o addr es s - allows you to enter an address of you r choosing. ⢠Use Numb er - captures a phone number displa yed on the ca rd in order to place a call or a dd the number to th e phone book. ⢠Empty cache - used to empty the browser âÂÂs temporar y memory location. ⢠Exit - ex its the current browser session and returns you to the Start screen . Addit ional menu i tems Developers of WA P web sites can also add additional Opti on s menu ite ms specific to their web site. Often times, these options a re actually links to other decks w ithin the w eb si te. Us e th e r oller t o se lect any of t he ad dition al options; press the roller to view th e additional content. ⢠Bookmarks Y ou can sav e the addr ess of your fav orite sites as bookmarks, then use the bookmarks to return to those sites quickly and easily . If a siteâÂÂs programmers have included a title for the card, then the nam e of the card will appear in the list (example: Ya h o o ! N e w s , ebay on WA P , Mapquest ).
[ 87 ] W AP services If there is no title to the card, then the siteâÂÂs address will appear in the list of bookmar ks (example: http:// www .yahoo .com/new s.wml, http://www .ebay .co m/W A P/index.wml, http://w ww .mapquest.com/ default.w ml ). T o save a siteâÂÂs addre ss as a bookmark 1. Navigate to the desired site, then pre ss the Optio ns selection key . 2. Scroll to Bookmar ks and press the roller . 3. Press the Option s selection key . 4. Scroll to Save as bookmark and press Select . New bookmar ks can be added manually , either whi le off-line, or during browsing. T o sa ve a book mark ma nual ly 1. From th e Servic es me nu, press the r oller . Scroll to Book ma rk s an d press the roller . 2. Pre ss th e Opti ons selection key . Scroll to Add bo okm ark and press the roller . 3. Enter the web site address (example: m y.yahoo.co m ) and press OK . Note: It is not necessary to enter h ttp:// . T his is adde d automaticall y . 4. E nter a title for th e new bookmar k and press OK . W orkin g with bookma rks Y ou can use th e bookmarks you save to return to your favorite sites quickly and easily . T o retu rn to a b ookm arke d sit e From the Servic es me nu: 1. Press the roller . Scroll to Bookmar ks an d press t he roller . 2. Scroll to the desired bookmar k and press th e roller . Note: If you are not currently in a browsing session, th e phone will connect to the Internet.
[ 88 ] Ot her o pti ons The Bookmarks options menu provides you with several options for using or mani pulating existin g bookm arks. From this m enu, the fol lowing op tions are available: ⢠Add a book mark - used to add a bookm ark manually (while off-line or while browsing). ⢠Go to - t akes you t o the high lighted bo okma rk from the p revious sc reen (the equivalent of h ighlighting a bookmark and pressing the r oller). ⢠Edit - used to edit the highlighted bookmark from the previous screen. ⢠Erase - used to erase the hig hlighted bookmark from the previous screen. ⢠Download a ringing ton e Y ou can download up to f ive ringing tones to your phone from some W AP sites, sites on the WWW , or through SMS. For m ore information about downloading ringing ton es, contact your service provider . Play , save, or erase a ring ing tone Once youâÂÂve downloaded a ringing tone, your phon e displays the message Ringin g tone received . 1. Pre ss Optio ns , then choose Play back , Save , or Erase . 2. Pre ss OK . If you chose to save the new r inging tone, it becomes available to you when customizing a pr ofile (see âÂÂCustomiz ing a profileâ on page 50).
[ 89 ] Gam es 19. Games Not only can yo u use your phon e for communication bu t also for some serious fun. Y our phone offers you four games from wh ich to choose. â¢I n Snake II , you are to feed the snake wi th as many goodies as possible. The lon ger the snakeâÂÂs tail grows, the higher you r score. â¢I n Rotati on , the obje ct is to get all th e numbers in sequential order as you rotate the num bers and move them . â¢I n Racket , you will play the traditional game of tennis. U se the roller to cont rol the racket. â¢I n Opp osite , try to ch ange your oppon entâÂÂs pieces in to your own color . Wa r n i n g ! Do not switch on the phon e when wi reless p hone use is prohibited or when i t m ay cause interference or danger . Star ting a ne w ga me 1. Go to th e Games menu, scroll to the desired game and press the rol ler . 2. Select New game . Use the option Inst ruc ti ons to lear n how to pla y the ga me. With the option Lev el you c an choose the difficulty level of the game. In Snake you can pause the game by pressing either selection key a nd then resume a paused game with the option Conti nue . Use To p scor e (available in some games) to che ck the high score in your phone. Game sett ing s Ther e are two user settin gs for Games : ⢠Ligh t s - allows you to control the ligh ted display (for Games menu only). ⢠Sounds - allows you to enable or disa ble game sou nds (for Games menu on ly).
[ 90 ] 20. Network settings The System and Setti ngs men u are used to chan ge a n umber of settin gs related to how th e phone searches for s ervice, an d to modify th e phoneâÂÂs functions a nd security s ettings. ⢠Network selection Use the Sy ste m menu ( Menu 5 ) to change how your phone searches for service. The following options are available: ⢠Au toma tic - the ph one automatically selects one of the wire less networks availa ble in your area. ⢠Manual - the phone will show a list of available networks and you can select the de sired network if this network has a r oaming agreement with your home network operator . Oth erwise the text No A ccess is displayed and another network must be selected. The p hone will stay in manual mode u ntil the automatic mo de is selected, or w hen phone is turned off and back on again. ⢠New search - causes the ph one to per form a new search in order to locate the best w ireless service to u se in your area. ⢠Network servic es V oice pri vacy Use this menu option to enable or disable voice e ncryption for all calls (when this service is available). Own nu mber select io n Use this feature to view your own phone number , or switch between multiple wireless ser vice accounts (phone numbers) programmed into your phone. Co nsult your service provider for mor e information on using this feature.
[ 9 1 ] Network s ettings Network feature setting This menu allows you to enable or disable various network services (Call Forwarding, C all W aiting, Se nd Own Caller I D) through th e use of special f eature codes provided to you by your service provider . Y ou must first store the fe ature code given to you by your service pr ovider (unless alr eady pre-programmed) before the feature appears in th e menu or functions pr operly . Impo rtant ! Only those menu feature s that have been activat ed will appear in the menu; therefore the menu shortcuts in the followin g sections ma y not always reflect the actual position in the menu as described below (or as shown on page 16). Stor ing the f eatur e cod e 1. Pre ss Menu 4-5 -3 ( Setti ngs - Networ k serv ices - Ne tw ork fea tu re setti ngs ), then pres s Select . 2. Enter the feature code for the desir ed feature (for exam ple: - - to activate Call Forwarding, then pr ess Select . 3. To locate the type of Call Forw arding associated with the code, press Select , or use the Navi r oller and scroll to Call w ait ing or Send own calle r ID whe n cal ling , and press Select . 4. Se lec t the command associat ed with the featu re cod e you wish to store ( Activate , Cancel , Ye s or No ) and press Se lect to com plete th e proc ess. Call forwardi ng This network service allows you to forwar d your incoming calls to a nother number (for example, your office nu mber). For m ore information and feature codes, contac t your service provider . Once you activate this feature by entering th e proper f eature code, you can select on e of the following forwarding modes: Forward all calls , Forward calls if number bu sy , Forward call s if not answered , Forward calls i f out of r each or ph one is off , and Cancel all c all fo rwar ding . See âÂÂC all forw ardingâ on page 37 for a descri ption of th e features li sted abo ve.
[ 92 ] Forw ardi ng y our cal ls Once you have stored the appropriate f eature code for C all Forwarding (see âÂÂStoring the f eature codeâ on page 9 1): 1. Pre ss Menu 4-5 -4 ( Setting s - Ne twork serv ice s - Cal l fo rwar di ng ), then pr ess Select . 2. Scroll ( if ne cess ary) to t he Cal l F orward ing opti on st or ed and p re ss Se lect . 3. Pre ss Select again and e nter the number to which all in coming calls should be forwar ded, or press Find and locate a numbe r already stored in your phone book. 4. Pre ss Select . Y our phone calls the wireless system a nd sends the information you jus t enter ed. After appr oximately 5 seconds, the Start screen w ill reappear . Call wa iting This network service lets you receive an incoming call when youâÂÂre already in a call. ( Contact you r service provider for availability .) The phone beeps to let you know of the incoming call while you are in an active call. Please see âÂÂCall waitin gâ on page 37 for details. If this feature is not automatically ava ilable from your service provider , you may have to activate it through the use of a Network Services feature code. See â Storing the f eature codeâ on page 9 1 for instruction on storing the codes that activate an d cancel this feature. Activa ting o r cancel ling Cal l W aitin g 1. Pre ss Menu 4-5-5 ( Setting s - Ne twor k se rv ice s - Call waiti ng ), then pr ess Select . 2. Highlight eith er Activ ate or Cancel , then press Select .
[ 93 ] Network s ettings Send ow n caller ID when callin g This feature allows you to block caller ID when you call some one (your number will n ot be displayed on their caller I D). This feature works on a per-call basis. Contact your service provider f or more details. This feature is only effective wh en calling to a number that is e quipped with Caller I D. Before you ca n use this service, you m ust store the feature code in your phone. See âÂÂStor ing the feature codeâ on page 9 1. Make sure to st ore th e code in th e No option. Block i ng you r ow n calle r ID 1. Pre ss Menu 4-5-6 ( Setti ngs - Ne twor k serv ices - S end ow n call er ID wh en call ing ), and press Select . 2. Scroll to No (to block number) and press OK. 3. Enter the number you wish to call (or press Fi nd to retrieve th e number from the phone book a nd press OK ), then pre ss Select . 4. Y our phone will attem pt to call th is number with the feature code you stored in Menu 4- 5-6 . Call mode In certain wireless networks, the Cal l m od e submenu option m ay be visible under the Setti ngs - Ne twor k servic es menu. T he following Call mode options are available: ⢠Analog - the ph one uses an analog channel to place the call. If an analog ch annel is n ot available, the ca ll may still be placed using a digital channel. This feature depends on you r network. ⢠Digit al - the phone uses a digital channel to place the call. If a digital channel is not available, the call may still be placed using an analog channel. This feature depe nds on your network. ⢠Analog & digita l - the phone use s both digi tal and analog channels.
[ 94 ] Public system settin g In certai n wirele ss netwo rks, the Publ ic syste m settings sub-menu option may be visi ble under the Settings - Network services menu . Th e fol lowi ng Publ ic sys tem setti ngs are available: ⢠Any sy stem - causes the ph one to search for and use any available home type system, followed by non-home type system (in the event that your service providerâÂÂs network is unavailable). ⢠Home type - causes the ph one to use only a home type s ystem (in th e event that your service pr oviderâÂÂs network is u navailable). ⢠Non-home t ype - causes the ph one to u se only a non-home type system (in the e vent that you r servi ce prov iderâÂÂs n etwork is unavai lable). ⢠Home only - causes the phone to us e only your service providerâÂÂs netw ork. Depending on the roaming agreem ents between service provider s, you may be able to save mone y by "forci ng" your p hone to use cer tain networ ks when outside your service provideâÂÂs area of coverage. Con tact your s ervice provider for more information on this featu re.
[ 95 ] A ccessories 2 1. Accessories If you wa nt to enha nce y our phon eâÂÂs fun ctio nali ty , an extens ive ra nge of accessories is available for you . Y ou can select a ny of these items t o help accommodate your spe cific c ommunicati on needs. For availabil ity of t hese and other accessories, con tact your service pr ovider . A few practica l rules for a ccessory operatio n: ⢠K eep all accessories out of r each of small children. ⢠When you disconnect the power c ord of any accessory , grasp an d pull the plug, n o t the cord. ⢠Check regularly that an y vehicle-installed accessories are m oun te d an d are operating properly . ⢠Installation of any c omplex car access ories must be made by qualified personnel onl y . Note: Use only batteries, chargers and a ccessories approved by the phone manufacturer for u se with this particu lar phone model. The use of an y other types may invalida te any approval or warranty applying to the ph one, and may be dangerous. Note: See âÂÂUsin g batteries and chargersâ on page 1 12. for important battery usa ge information. Note: For availability of approved accessories, please che ck with your authorized Nokia dealer .
[ 96 ] â¢B a t t e r i e s A va riety of Nokia bat tery options are ava ilable for your phone. Each battery provides you w ith the perfor mance, quality and conve nience youâÂÂve come to expect w ith your Nokia phone. Charging Times The following table shows the batter y options that are available for you r phone. The charging times with th e Rapid T r avel Charger (ACP-8U), the Rapid Cigarette Lighter Char ger (LCH-9), and the Standard T ravel Charger (ACP-7U) are listed beside each option. Note: The times displayed below ar e approximate and w ill allow your battery to obtain approximately 90% of its capacity . At this time, the bat tery scroll bars on your ph oneâÂÂs display will stop scr olling. T o obtain 1 00% batter y capacity for all batteries except BM S-2V, allow another two hours to âÂÂtrickleâ or âÂÂm aintenanceâ charge. Batteries Standard Tr avel Charger ACP-7 U Rapid T ravel Charger ACP -8U Rapid Cigarette Lighter Charger LCH-9 Hand sfr ee Desktop Charger DCH- 12K Ultra Slim Li-P olymer Battery 600 mAh (BPS-1) 2h30 m 1h 30m 1h25m 1h25m Extended Li-Ion Battery 900 mAh (BLS-2S/BLS-2N) 4h 2h 2h 2h Extended NiMH Battery 900 mAh (BMS-2S) 4h 2h 1h30m 1h30m Extended NiMH Vibrating Battery 900 mAh (BMS-2V) 4h 2h 1h30m 1h30m Ultra Extended Li-Ion Battery 1500 mAh (BLS-4) 5-6h 4h 3h30m 3h30m
[ 97 ] A ccessories Sta ndby and Talk Times The times shown in the following table are approximate, and re present a range for e ither standby or talk times (n ot a combination of both). Battery operation times vary according to signal conditions, network par ameters set by the ser vice provider , and how you use your phone. Wa r n i n g ! Dispose of used batteries in accordance with a ny local regulations. Please refer to th e following table for more infor mation on talk and standby times in both digital and analog ne tworks: Battery Option Digit al Ta l k T i m e Anal og Ta l k T i m e Stan dby Time Digital Analog Ultra Slim Li-P olymer Battery 600 mAh (BPS-1) 1h to 2h40m 35m to 1h30m 2.5 to 6 days 18h to 30h Extended Li-Ion Battery 900 mAh (BLS-2S/BLS-2N) 2h to 4h30m 1h to 2h30m 4 to 1 0 days 30h to 50h Extended NiMH Battery 900 mAh (BMS-2S) 2h to 4h30m 1h to 2h30m 4 to 1 0 days 30h to 50h Extended NiMH Vibrating Battery 900 mAh (BMS-2V) 2h to 4h30m 1h to 2h30m 4 to 1 0 days 30h to 50h Ultra Extended Li-Ion Battery 1500 mAh (BLS-4) 3h to 7h30m 1h40m to 4h 6.5 to 16.5 days 50h to 83h
[ 98 ] Chargers an d Oth er A ccessories The fol lowing chargers and ch arging accessorie s are avai lable f or yo ur phone; please see your dealer for details. Also , re fer t o th e ac ces so ri es br oc hur e t ha t was in cl ude d in your sales package for the entire line of Nokia Original Accessories. Rapid T ravel Cha rger (ACP-8U) This lightweight A C charger can be used with all ba ttery options. Calls can be made durin g charging, even with a fully discharged battery . T o use the Rapid Travel Charger (ACP-8U), first plu g the lead w i t h the arro w into the tr ansformer . T w ist the lead 1/4 turn to lo ck it in place. Then connect the lead fr om the charger to the base of your phone. Finally , plu g the charger in to a s tandard 120 V AC wall outlet. The charger can also be used together with the option al Comp act Deskto p Ch arging St and (DCH- 8 or DCH-9 ). Appr oximate chargin g times for disch arged batteries are shown at the beginning of this section. Sta ndar d T ravel C har ger (A CP- 7U) Use t his dur able and e conomic al char ger to charge all battery option s. Plug the c onnector into the bottom of your phone, then plug the charger into a wall outlet. Check the chargi ng sta tus on the phone display . Note: If the batter y is completely e mpty , you cannot use the p hone until it has enough charge to operate. The Standard T ravel Ch arger is available for different voltage leve ls and can also be used with th e DCH-9 Compac t Desktop Charging Stan d.
[ 99 ] A ccessories Rapid Cig arette Li ghter Charger ( LCH-9) Y ou can charge your phoneâÂÂs battery from your vehicle battery by using the Rapid Ci garette Li ghter Ch arger (LCH- 9). Calls ar e possible during charging. A gr een light indicates the charger is ready f or cha rging. T he battery charging times are shown at the begin ning of th is section. The input voltage range is from 1 1 to 32V DC, negative grounding. Avoid prolo nged charging with the Rapi d Cigar ette Ligh ter Charger (L CH-9) wh en the car engin e is not running; this may cause the battery of your car to drain. N ote also th at in some cars the ciga rette lig hter plu g is not provid ed with electricity if the ignition is not switched on. Compac t Desktop Ch argin g Stand (D CH-9) Used to gether w ith the Standa rd T ra vel C harger (ACP-7U) or the Rap id T ravel Charg er (ACP-8U), the C ompact Desktop Chargin g Stand ( DCH-9) is an economical choice when y ou nee d t o cha r ge y o ur phon e and /o r a sp are battery . With the battery stil l attached, place your phone in th e charging stand to be gin charging your phoneâÂÂs batter y . Compac t Desktop Ch argin g Stand (D CH-8) Used togeth er with the Standard T ravel Charger (ACP -7U) or the Rap id T rave l Charger (A CP -8 U), the Compact Desktop Ch arging Stand (DCH-8) is a n economical choice when you need your ph one close at hand.
[ 1 00 ] Hands- free desktop cha rging stan d kit (DCH-12K) This hand s-free de sktop charging stand kit con sists of the (DCH-12) (Han d sfr ee De sktop Charging Stand) an d the (ACS-6U) AC Adapter . The (DCH-12K) provid es the same charging times a s the (LCH-9) Rapid Cigarette Lighter Charger , and allows for handsfree usage of the phone via t he stan d's b uilt in speake r and microp hone. T he phone u ses the Handsfree profile wh en in the charging stand. Y ou can use either voice dialin g or use the Ph one book menu to dial a call (as the keypad is not accessible while in the stand).
[ 101 ] T roubleshooting 22. T roubleshooting Prob lem P o ssib le cau se P o ssib le s ol ution My phon e is nâÂÂt charging. Charger and phone are not properly conne cted. Che ck conn ectio n between c harger and phone/charger stand and phone . Charger is not prope rly plugged in . Make sure ch arger is properly plugged into wa ll ou t let . My phon e is nâÂÂt making/answ ering calls. Batte ry is no t cha rged. Charge the batte ry . P oor signal streng th If you are indoors, move to ward a win dow . Outs ide of servi ce area. C hange loc ations un til the ph one displays service available . I canâÂÂt liste n to my voice me ssages. Y ou do nâ t ha ve v oice mail servic e. Call you r wirele ss service provider . Y ou hav e not set up your voice mailbox w ith your service provider . Call you r wirele ss service provider . Y ou hav e no t sa ve d yo ur voice mail numbe r in your phon e. See page 3 2. The v oice mail num ber you have s ave d is in cor re ct. Call you r wirele ss service provider . Y ou h ave forgotten your password or are enterin g it inco rrectly . Call you r wirele ss service provider .
[ 1 0 2 ] My SMS messag es are not being deli vere d. Y ou donâÂÂt h ave SMS ser vic e. Call y our wire les s service provider . I can âÂÂt succe ssfull y ta g a p hone bo ok ent ry . Exces sive backg round noise during the recording process. Find a quiet l oca tion and try again. V oi c e t ag me mory is full. Follow screen prompt to eras e a n exis tin g tag , making room for new voic e tag. V o ice d ialin g wil l not recognize my voice . V oice tag was recorded by someone ot her than you rself. Re-record voice tag using y our voice . Probl em Po s s i b l e c a u s e P ossib le solu tion
[ 1 03 ] Frequently A sked Questions (FA Q) 23. Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) This section lists an d answers the questions that you most frequently ask. Where necessar y , the a nswers refer you to th e appropria te text w ithin this guide. Note: Some of the an swers tell you to use men u shortcuts. Fo r a complete listing of these shortcuts, refer to âÂÂList of main menu functionsâ on page 16. Q. How do I loc k my pho ne? A. Pre ss Men u 4-4-2- 1 , press Select , en ter your lock code, scroll to On , and press OK . Refer to â Lock codeâ on page 59 f or more i nformation. Q. Ho w do I unlock my p hone? A. Pre ss Menu 4-4- 2-1 , pr es s Select , enter your lock code, scroll to Off , and press OK . Refer to â Lock codeâ on page 59 f or more i nformation. Q. What is my lo ck cod e? A. The lock code enables you to lock you r phon e, thus pr eventi ng someon e else from using it. The default lock code is 1234. However , it is suggested that you change this code imm edi ate ly . Refer to â Lock codeâ on page 59 f or more i nformation. Q. What is my se curity code? A. The defau lt security code is 1 2345. However , it is suggested that you change this code immediate ly . Ce rta in feat ure s ca n be used on ly af t er the cor rect securi ty code ha s bee n succe ssfully entered. Refer to â Security codeâ on page 58 and âÂÂChan ging your security codeâ on page 58 for more information.
[ 1 04 ] Q. Ho w do I lock the keypad? A. There are three ways you can lock the keypad: â¢P r e s s Menu , scroll to Key gu ard and press the roller . â¢P r e s s Menu followed by . ⢠Close the slide, th en press the Lock ke ys selection key . Refer to â K eypad lock (Keygu ard)â on page 56 for m ore information. Q. Ho w do I unlock the keypad? A. There are three ways you can unlock the ke ypad: â¢P r e s s Unlock an d OK. â¢P r e s s Unlock , f ollowed by . ⢠Open the slidin g cover . Refer to â K eypad lock (Keygu ard)â on page 56 for m ore information. Q. Ho w do I make the ringing louder? A. Pre ss Menu 3-1-2 -3 , press Select , then choose a volume level. Refer to â Ringing volumeâ on page 5 1 for more in formation. Q. Ho w do I change the ringing to ne? A. Pre ss Men u 3 and scroll through the list of profiles until you find the one for which you want to set the ringi ng tone, then press Opt ions . Highlight Cu stomize and press OK . Scroll to Ringi ng ton es , then press Select . Scroll through the options. Af ter you hear th e tone you wan t to use, press OK . Refer to â Ringing toneâ on page 5 1 for more information. Q. How do I sto re my vo ice mail box number? A. Pre ss Menu 1-4 -2 , enter your voice m ailbox phone n umbe r , and press OK . The screen tells you that the number is saved.
[ 1 05 ] Frequently A sked Questions (FA Q) This voice mailbox n umber is valid unless your phone number chan ges. If your phone number changes, you will have to save a ne w voice mailbox number . Refer to âÂÂSett ing up your voice mai lb ox â on page 32 for more information. Q. How do I call my vo ice ma ilbo x numb er (retr iev e vo ice messag es)? When your phon e aler ts you to new voice messa ges, pres s List en and follow the pr ompts. If you âÂÂd rather listen to your messages later , press Exit . T o listen to you r voice messages at a later time, perform one of the following actions: ⢠Press and hold the key . ⢠Press Menu 1-2 -1 . The mess age Callin g vo ic e m ailb ox appears on the screen. Fol low the prompts to access your me ssages . Q. How do I fi nd m y ph on eâÂÂs mode l num ber? A. T urn your phone off, then remove the bat tery from the back of the phone. Y our ph oneâÂÂs model number is printed on th e sticker that is on the rear cover , and is la beled, "Model." Q. How do I re dia l th e las t- dia led num ber . A. Press in two quick successions. Refer to â Last number redialâ on page 2 1 for more information. Q. Ho w do I assign a key to 1-to uch dialing? A. Pre ss Names and scroll to 1-touch dialing . Press Select . Scroll to the f irst number th at includes the me ssage (empty) an d press Assign . Scroll to the n ame/number to w hich you want to assign to this key and press Select . Repeat these steps as ma ny times a s ne cessary . Refe r to âÂÂSet ting up 1-to uch di alingâ on p age 44 f or more i nformati on.
[ 1 06 ] Q. Ho w do I find out how many memory l ocati ons the phone has? A. Pre ss Names and scroll to Opti on s . Press Select . Scroll to Memory s tatus and press Select again. A messa ge appears that sa ys Phone: xx free, xx in use where x x indicates the percent of memo ry used. For more information, refer to âÂÂMemory statusâ on page 49 and âÂÂT echnical informationâ on page 12 1 . Q. Ho w do I find my p honeâÂÂs ESN ( electronic serial numb er)? A. T urn your ph one off, then remove the bat tery from the back of the phone. Y our ph oneâÂÂs ESN number is printed on the sticker th at is on the rear cover , and is la beled, "ESN." Q. Ho w can I change the c ontrast of m y phoneâÂÂs display? A. Pre ss Menu 4-3-5 and press Select . Use the r oller to adju st the contrast, then press OK (or the r oller). For more information, refer to âÂÂDisplay contrastâ on page 5 3. Q. Ho w do I clear my cal l timers? A. WA R N I N G : The clearing of call timers ca n no t be undone. Press Menu 2-5-4 and press OK . Enter your security code and press OK . Refer to â Clear call timersâ on pag e 3 1 for more information.
[ 1 0 7 ] Glossary 24. Glossary Te r m: Defin ition : analog network A netw ork wh ere th e sign al i s conv eyed by var yi ng the frequenc y , amplitude or phase of the transmission. antenna The portion of your phone de signed to transmit and rece ive the wireless s ignal. antenna jack The conn ec tor used to attach an externa l anten na to your m obile phon e (ty pically used by th e CARK -9 1 US car ki t) . ba ttery The source of powe r for your m obile phone when th e phone is not connecte d to a charger . book mark A way to save a web site address (or URL) to your phoneâÂÂs memory . Use bookm arks to store the addresses of you r fav orite web site s, then recall them so y ou can return to the location quic kly and easi ly . brows er A soft ware program used to v iew and navigate a portion o f the In ternet calle d the Worl d Wide Web , or Inte rnet locations developed for the Wirele ss Application Protocol (W AP). data ca ll A c all in which your Nokia phone functions as a data/fax mode m, connecte d to your PC v ia the DLR-3P c able or infrared port. digit al net work Netw ork where the signa l is co nverte d to a digital o r binary c ode before transmission. ear pi ec e The portion of you r phone that contain s the speake r . Used to play the audio portion of a voice call as w ell as any oth er audible tone s (for example: ring ing, warn ing, etc. ).
[ 1 08 ] e arp ie ce vo lume The sound le vel of the earpiece âÂÂs spe aker durin g a ca ll. E-mail Elect ronic Mail. A writ ten form of com munication in wh ich tex t ( and ot her ty pes o f in form ati on ) is tr an smi tte d betw een recipients electronically via special e lectron ic mail systems manage d by corporatio ns and/or Internet service providers. END key Us ed to te rminate an activ e call or re ject an inc oming ca ll. Als o used to return to the Star t scre en from the phone book or from within the phoneâÂÂs me nu. ESN Electronic Serial Number . Used by wireless se rvice providers to ide ntify your phon e on th e wireless network. fa x ca ll A call in which your Nokia phone functions as a data/fax mode m, connecte d to your PC v ia the DLR-3P c able or infrared port. home s ystem Refers to the wi reless system to which you a re subscribed. home t ype sy ste m Refers to the sa me type of syst em to w hich y ou are subsc ribed, but a system that is not your primary home syst em. Int ern et An elaborate syst em of interconnect ed public and private compu ter network s around the world, used to provide acce ss to information a nd en able comm unica tion b etween users worldwide. keypad tones The sound h eard when a key on your phoneâÂÂs keypad is pressed. messag e alert to ne Th e sounds th at are heard upon receipt of a text or system message (e.g. call waitin g notification ) by your pho ne. microphone The electronic eleme nt in th e base of y our phone that p icks u p you r voic e and oth er soun ds . Te r m: Defin ition :
[ 1 09 ] Glossary navigate A te rm that re fers to the act of m ovin g from one Intern et site or page to anothe r , or to the act of moving from one area of y our phone âÂÂs memory or men u to anoth er . non-home t ype sy ste m Any syst em that doe s not use t he same wireles s "for mat" as your h ome sy stem . number keys The num bered key s on your ph oneâÂÂs keypad. powe r key A ke y on th e front of the phone that allow s you to tu rn the phon e on or off. Th is key can also be used to recall and switch your ph oneâÂÂs profiles. pred ict iv e text input A syst em developed for rapid text entry using your phon eâÂÂs ke ypad. pre ferred sy stem Refer s t o a syst em t hat is the same "fo rma t" a s your home sy stem, but is no t the syst em to whic h you h ave subscribe d. ring ing op tion Refers to the way your ph one plays (or if it plays) a ringing tone w hen yo u hav e an incoming call. prof il e Refers to the variou s settin gs relatin g to your phone âÂÂs aud ible , visibl e an d vibrati ng ale rts, an d the ab ili ty to have multip le co nfigurations to ma tch you r location or envi ro nme nt. ring ing to ne The tone or melo dy tha t is he ard whe n yo u have an inc omin g ca ll . ringing volume Refers to the volume of your p honeâÂÂs rin ging t one. roaming The stat e o f your phone w hen y ou are no longe r in your home sy stem. Additi onal c harges may re sul t. rolle r A mu lti-fun ction k ey on th e front of t he phone. Roll th e roller t o scroll through you r phoneâÂÂs me nus and phone book. Press t he roller to make a sele ction or t o acc ess th e phone book. Te r m: Defin ition :
[ 1 1 0 ] sc reen Y our phone âÂÂs display . sc roll To move through a list of na mes , menu item s, etc . by rolling th e roller up or down . Each ne w s election or op tion is h ighlighted as you ro ll to it . s ele ctio n k eys Refers to the k eys unde r the low er left and lo wer right corners of your phoneâÂÂs screen. slid e T he movi ng ke ypa d co ver , u sed to pro tect th e k eypa d as well as answ er and end calls. SMS Short Messag e Serv ic e. A se rvic e where by y ou ca n sen d and rec eiv e shor t text mess ages (typi cal ly arou nd 15 0 characters) with your phone. sy ste m Anothe r way t o refer to your wirele ss service providerâÂÂs wirele ss net work. TAL K k e y T he ke y use d to make or a nsw er a call. tex t m e ssa ge See SMS. URL Univ ersal Reso urce Locator . A URL is a W eb siteâ s specific address or location on the Internet (for example: http ://www .no kia.com ). vo ice d ial ing The ability to dial n umbers in your phone usin g the phon eâÂÂs vo ice r eco gni tion featu re. (see vo ice t ags) voice mail A system ma inta ined by y our servic e provide r , used to reco rd voice messages wh en you ar e unable to answ er a call. voice mailbo x The location on your service providerâÂÂs network used to store v oice mail messa ges. Te r m: Defin ition :
[ 111 ] Glossary voice ta g A recording of a userâÂÂs voice that is ass igned to a phone b ook entry . V o ice tag is us ed in co njun ction wi th v oice dial ing feat ure ( see voic e dial ing). volume See earpiece v olume or ringing volume. warni ng ton es, game to nes The tone play ed when your phone disp lays a warning, or those tone s that are he ard when y ou are playing one of the phon eâÂÂs games. WA P Wireless Application Proto col. W AP is a new sec tion of the Internet designed to provide information and services to y ou, and v iewabl e fr o m you r mob il e pho neâÂÂs scr een. wire less netwo rk Y our serv ice providerâÂÂs operating environme nt, including various types of h ardware, software , and landline conn ections , which make s wireless call s po ssible. W orld Wide W eb T he p art o f t he Inte rne t t hat is v iew ed using a spe cial softw are applica tion calle d a web bro wser . The browse r in y our Nokia phon e can access m any sites on the World Wide Web , as we ll as sit es designed specifica lly to be browsed from a mobile phone (see W AP) . WWW See World Wide Web . Te r m: Defin ition :
[ 1 12 ] 25. Reference information ⢠Usin g batteries and chargers For c harging and re charging your p hone b attery , see âÂÂC harg e you r batter yâ on p age 5. Use only batter ies approve d by the ph one man ufacture r and rechar ge your battery only with th e chargers approved by th e manu facturer . A new battery's ful l performance i s achieved only after t wo or three complet e charge and discha rge cycles! The battery can be ch arged and discharged h undreds of times but it will eventually wear ou t. When the ope rating time (talk-time and stand-by time) is noticeably shorter t han normal, it is tim e to buy a new ba ttery . When a charger is not in use, disconnect it from the power source. Do not leave the battery conn ected to a ch arger for longer th an a week, since overcharging may s horten its lif e. If left unused a fully charged battery will discharge itself over tim e. For good operation times, disc harge NiMH batteries from time to time by leaving y o ur ph one switched on until it turns itself off (or by using th e battery discha rge facility of any approved accessor y available for your phone). Do n ot attempt to discharge th e battery by any other means. T emperature extremes will affect the ability of your battery to charge: allow it to cool down or warm up f irst. When the battery is running out of power and only few minutes of talk time remain, a warning tone is heard and Ba ttery low is briefly displayed. Whe n no mo re t alk tim e i s le f t, the ph one will beep three t ime s a nd Recharge ba ttery is displayed. Th e phone th en switches itself off . Use the battery only for its intended purpose. Never use any ch arger or ba ttery which is damaged or worn out.
[ 1 13 ] Referen ce information Do not short-circuit the batte ry . Acc idental sh ort-circuiti ng can occur whe n a me tal lic ob jec t ( coi n, c lip or pe n) c au se s di re ct c on ne ct ion of th e a n d - term in als of th e ba tte ry (meta l s tri ps on t he back o f t he b at tery) for e xamp le when you carry a spare battery in your pocket or purse. Shor t-circuiting the terminals ma y damage the battery or the con necting object. Leaving the battery in hot or cold places, such as in a closed car in su mmer or winter conditions, will reduce the capacity and lifetime of the battery . Always try to keep t he battery be tween 59 ð F and 77 ð F (15 ð C and 25 ð C). A phone with a hot or cold battery may temporarily n ot work, even when the bat tery is fully charged. NiMH batteries performance is par ticularly limited in tem perature s below 14 ð F (-1 0 ð C ). Li-Ion batteries performance is particularly limited in temperatures below 32 ð F (0 ð C). Batteries mu st be recycled or disposed of properly . Must not be disposed of in m unicipal waste. Do not dispose of batter ies in fire! ⢠Accessories and batteries War ni n g! Check the model number of any charger before use with th is apparatus. This apparatu s is intended for use whe n supplied with power from the Standard T ravel Charger (ACP-7U ), Rapid Tr avel Charger (ACP-8U), Handsfree Desktop Ch arging Kit (DCH-12K), or R apid Cigarette Lighter C harger (LCH-9). Other u sage may invalidate any w arranty , will in validate approval of this apparatus, an d may be da ngerous. Note: This apparatus is NOT approved for use w ith the ACP-9U Rapid T ravel Charger . For availability of approved accessories, please che ck with your deale r . When you disconnect the pow er cord of any accessory , grasp and pu ll the plug, not th e cord.
[ 1 14 ] ⢠Importan t Safety Inform ation T raffi c Saf ety Do not use a hand-held telephone while drivin g a vehicle. If using a hand- held phone park the veh icle befor e conver sing. Always secure the ph one in its holder; do not place th e phone on the passenger seat or wh ere it can br eak loose in a collision or sudden stop. The use of an alert device to oper ate a vehicleâÂÂs lights or horn on public roads is not permitted. Reme mber , roa d safety alw ays comes fi rst! Operating Enviro nment Remember to f ollow any special r egulations in force in any area and always switch off your phone whenever it is forbidden to use it, or when it may cause in terference or danger . When connecting the ph one or any accessory to another de vice, read its userâÂÂs guide for detailed safety instructions. Do not connect incompat i ble products. As with other mobile radio tran smitting equipment, user s are advised that for the satisfactor y operation of the equipment and for the safety of personnel, it is recommen ded that the equipment should only be used in the normal operating position (held to you r ear with the antenna pointing over your sho ulder). Electron ic Devices Most modern electronic equ i pment is sh ielded from radio frequency ( RF) signals. However , cer tain electronic equ ipment may not be sh ielded against the RF sign als from your wireless phone.
[ 1 15 ] Referen ce information Pa c e m a k e r s P acemaker manufacturers recommend that a minimum separation of 6 inches (15 cm) be maintained between a handhe ld wireless phone and a pacemaker to avoid p otential inter ference with th e pacemaker . T hese reco mmend ations ar e consis tent with the indep endent r esear ch by an d recommendations of Wireless T echnology R esearch. P ersons wit h pacemakers: ⢠Should a lways keep th e phone more th an 6 inch es (15 cm) from th eir pacemaker when the phone is s witched on; ⢠Should not carry the phone in a bre ast pocket; ⢠Should use the e ar opposite the pacemaker to m inimize the potential fo r interf ere nce. ⢠If you have any reason to sus pect that interference is taking place, switch off your phone imme di ately . Hea ring Aids Some digital wireless phones may interfere with some hearing aids. In the event of such inter ference, you m ay want to consult your service pr ovider . Other Medical Devi ces Operation of a ny radio transmittin g equipment, including cellular phones, may interfere with the f unctionality of inadequately prot ected medical devices. Consult a physician or the manufacturer of the medical device to determine i f they are adequ ately shielded fro m external R F energy or if you have any questions. Switch off your phone in health ca re facilities when any regulat ions posted in these areas inst ruct you to do so. Hospitals or he alth care f acilities may be usin g equipment that could be sensitive to extern al RF energy . Ve h i c l e s RF sign al s ma y af fec t im prop erly in stal led or i na dequa te ly sh ield ed elect roni c sy stem s in mot or v ehic les (e .g. e lec tro ni c fuel inje c tion s ys tem s, electronic anti-skid (anti-lock) braking systems, electronic speed control systems, air bag systems). Check with th e manufacturer or its representative regarding your vehicle. Y ou should also consu lt the manufactur er of any equipment that has been ad ded to your veh icle.
[ 1 16 ] P osted F acilitie s Switch your phone off in an y facility where posted notices so require. P oten tially Exp losi ve Atmospheres Switch off your phone when in any area with a pote ntially explosive atmosphe re and obey all signs an d instructions. Spar ks in such areas could cause an explosion or fire resulting in bodily injury or even de ath. Users are a dvised to switch off th e phone while at a refueling point (service station). Users are reminded of the need to observe restrictions on the use of r adio equipment in f uel depots (fuel storage and dis tribution areas), chemical plants or whe re blasting operations are in pr ogress. Areas with a potentially ex plosive atmosph ere are often but not always clearly marked. T hey include be low deck on boats; chemical transfer or storage facilities; vehicles u sing liquefied petr oleum gas (such as propane or butan e); areas wh ere the air c ontains chemicals or par ticles, such as grain, d ust or metal p owders; and any oth er area wh ere you would n ormally be advised to turn off your vehicle engine. Ve h i c l e s Only qualified personnel should ser vice the phone, or install the phone in a v ehicle. F a ulty installat ion or service m ay be dangerous a nd may invalidate any warr anty which may apply to the u nit. Check regularly tha t all wireless phone equipment in your vehicle is m ounted and operating prope rly . Do not s tore or carry flamma ble liquids, gases or explosive ma terials in the same compartment as the ph one, its parts or accessories. For vehicles equipped with an air bag, remember that an air bag inflates with great force. Do not place obje cts, including both in stalled or portable wirele ss equi pment, in t he area over the ai r bag o r in th e air b ag de ploym ent area. If in-vehicle w ireless equipment is im properly installed and the air bag inflates, serious injury could r esult.
[ 1 17 ] Referen ce information Switch off your phone before boarding an aircraft. The use of wireless telep hones in an aircraf t may be dangerous to the ope ration of the aircraft, disrupt the wirele ss telephone networ k and may be illegal. F ailure to observe these instructions may lead to the suspension or denial of telephone services to the offender , or legal action, or both. â¢E m e r g e n c y C a l l s IMP ORT ANT! This phone, like any wir eless phone, operates u sing radio signals, wireless and landl ine networks as well as user- programmed functions which can not guarantee connection in all conditions. Therefor e, you should never rely solely up on any wireless ph one for essential communications (e.g. medical emergencies). Remember , to make or rec eive any calls th e phone must be sw itched on and in a service area with adequate signal strength. Emergency calls may not be possible on all wireless phone networks or when certain network services an d/or phone features are in u se. Check with local service pr oviders. Making an Em ergency Call 1. If the ph one is not on, switch it on. 2. If t he wor d Clear appears a bove right selection key , press and hold the selection key to clear t he display . 3. Key in the emergency n umber for your present location (e.g. 9 1 1 or other offi cial emerge ncy number). Eme rgency num bers vary by lo cation. 4. Pre ss . Note: If certain features are in use (K eyguard, call restrictions, etc.), you may first need to turn those features off before you can make an emergency call. Consult this document and your local ser vice provider for more in formation.
[ 1 18 ] When making a n emergen cy ca ll, remember to give all th e necessary information as accurately as possible. Rem ember that your wir eless phone may be the only means of communication at th e scene of an accidentâ do not cut off th e call until given permission to do so. ⢠Radio Frequ ency (RF) Signals THIS MO DE L PHO NE MEE TS THE GOVER NMENT âÂÂS REQ UIRE MENT S FOR EXPOSURE T O RADIO WA VES. Y our wireless phone is a radio tr ansm itter an d receiver . It is designed and manufactured n ot to exceed the em ission limits for e xposure to radiofrequency (RF ) ene rg y s et b y the F e der al Co mm unic at ions Co mmi ss ion of the U.S. Government. T hese limits are part of comprehensive guidelines and establish permitted levels of RF energy for the general population. The guidelines are based on standar ds that we re developed by in dependent scientific organizations through periodic and thor ough evaluation of scientific studies. The s tandards include a subst antial safety m argin design ed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The exposure standard for wireless mobile ph ones employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set by the FCC i s 1 .6 W/kg .* Tests for SAR are conducte d usin g stan dard operating positions accepted by th e FCC with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested f requency ban ds. Although the SAR is determined at the highest cert ified power level, the actual SAR level of the ph one while oper ating can be well be low the maxim um value. This is because the phone is design ed to operate at multiple power levels so as to use only the power required to reach the network. In general, the close r y ou a re to a wir el ess b ase sta ti on ant en na, th e lo wer the po we r out put .
[ 1 19 ] Referen ce information Before a phone model is available for sale to the public, it must be tested and certified to the FCC that it does not excee d the limit established by the governm ent-adopted requirement for safe ex posure. The tests are performed in positions and locat i ons (e.g., at the ear and worn on the body) as required by the FCC for each model. T he highest SAR values, as reported to th e FCC for this model phone are: ⢠1. 23 W/kg when test ed for us e at the ear , and ⢠0.86 W/kg when worn on the body (as described i n this user guide) While there may be differe nces between the SAR levels of various phones and at various positions, they al l meet the gove rnment requiremen t. The FCC h as granted an Equipment Authorization f or this model phone with all repor ted SAR levels evaluated as in compliance with the FCC RF exposure guide lines. SAR in formation on this model ph one is on file with the FCC and can be f ound under the Display Grant section of http://www .f cc.gov/oet/fccid after se arching on FCC ID LJ PNSW-5NY . For body worn operation, to maintain com pliance with FCC RF exposu re guidelines, use only Nokia appr oved accessories. When carrying the phone while it is on, attach the pho ne to the Belt Clip (BCH-12U) or place the phone in th e Carrying Case (C SL-5). These accessories h ave been te sted for compliance. Use of non-Nokia-approved access ories ma y violate FCC RF exposure guidelines and should be avoided. ____ ___ ____ __ _____ __ ____ ___ ____ __ _____ ____ __ _____ __ _____ *In the United States and C anada, th e SAR limit for mobile phones us ed by t he public is 1.6 watts/kg (W/kg) averaged o ver one gram o f tissue. The standard incorporates a substantial margin of safety to give additional protection for the public and to account for any variations in measurements.
[ 120 ] ⢠Care and Maintenance ⢠Y our ph one is a product of superior design and craftsmansh ip and should be treated with care. Th e suggestions below w ill help you to fulfill any warranty obligations and allow you to enjoy this product for many y ears. When u sing you r phone , batter y , charger , OR any acce ssory: ⢠K eep it and all its parts and access ories out of small childrenâÂÂs reach. ⢠K eep it dry . Precipitation, humidity and liquids contain minerals that will corrode e lectronic circuits. ⢠Do not use or store it in dusty , dirty areas as its moving parts can be damaged. ⢠Do not store it in h ot areas. High tem peratures can shorten the lif e of electr oni c devices, damage batte ries, and warp or melt cert ain plast ics. ⢠Do not st ore it in cold areas. When the phone warms up (to its normal operating temperature ), moisture can form inside the ph one, which may damage the phone's electronic circuit boards. ⢠Do not attempt to open it. Non-expert handling of th e device may damage it. ⢠Do not drop, kn ock or shake it. Rough handling can break internal ci rcu it b oa rds . ⢠Do not use harsh chemicals , cleaning solvents, or strong detergents to clean it. Wipe it with a soft c loth slightly dam pened in a m ild soap- and-water solution. ⢠Do not paint it. P aint can clog the deviceâÂÂs moving parts and prevent proper operation. ⢠Use on ly th e supp lie d or an appr oved repl aceme nt ante nna . Unaut hor iz ed antennas, modifications or attachmen ts could damage the phone and may violate regulations governing radio device s. ⢠If the phone, battery , charger , or any accessory is n ot working properly , take it to your nearest qualified service f acility . The person nel there will assis t you, and if necessa ry , arrange for service.
[ 12 1 ] T echnical information 26. T echnical information Wireless networks Dual band/tri-mode TDMA and AMPS W eight 4.9 oz. (139 g); Wit h BLS-2S, 5.0 oz. (14 1 g) Size 7.6 cu. in. (125 cc) Dimensions: Length: 4.9 in / 125 mm (m in) 7.2 in / 185 mm (m ax) Width: 2.1 in / 53 mm (m ax) Frequency range: Lowband 824.04 - 848.97 MHz (TX) 869.04 - 893.97 MHz (RX) Highband 1850.04 - 190 9.92 MHz (TX) 1930.08 - 198 9.96 MHz (RX) T ransmitting power up to 600 mW nominal Battery voltage 3.6 V nominal Charging current 750 mAh max. Operating temperature -4ðF to 1 04ðF (-20ðC to 40ð C) Number of chan nels: 832 lowband, 1997 highband Nu mb er o f NA M s 3 Memory locations: Phone book: up to 1 000 ent ries with up to 5 numbers per name Calendar: up to 660 entries T o-do list: up to 1 00 ent ries T ext me ssage s: u p to 1 00 Memory capacity: Phone book-alpha: 50 characters per location Phone book-num: 32 digits per location Calendar: 48 characters per note T o- do lis t: 40 c harac ter s per note Digital data: Data call: 9600bps F ax call: 9600bps, Class 2.0
[ 122 ] 27. Nokia One-Y ear Limited W arranty Nokia Inc. (âÂÂNokiaâÂÂ) war rants that this cellular phone (âÂÂProductâÂÂ) is f ree from defects in mater ial and workmanship that result in Product failure during normal u sage, accor ding to the following ter ms and con ditions: 1. The limited warranty for the Product extends for ON E (1) year beginning on the da te of the purch ase of the Product. 2. The l imited warranty extends to the original purchaser of th e Product (âÂÂConsumerâÂÂ) and is not assignable or tr ansferable to any subsequent purchaser/end- user . 3. The l imited warranty extends only to Consumers wh o purchase the Product in the United States. 4. During the limited warranty per iod, Nokia will repair , or replace, at Nokia's option, any def ective parts, or any parts that will not properly operate f or their intende d use with new or f actory rebuilt r eplacement item s i f such repair or re pl acemen t is n eeded beca use of pro duc t malfu nct ion or failure du ring normal u sage. No charge w ill be m ade to the Consumer for any such parts. Nokia will also pay f or the labor charges incurred b y Nokia in repairing or replacing the defective parts. The lim ited warranty does not cover def ects in appearance, cosmetic, decorative or structural items, including f raming, and an y non-operative parts. Nokia's limit of liability under the lim ited warranty shall be the actual cash value of the Product a t the time th e Consumer returns the Pr oduct for repai r , determined by th e pr ice pai d by th e Co nsumer for th e Pr oduct less a reasonable amount for usage. Nokia shall not be liable for any other losses or damages. These remedie s are the Consu merâÂÂs exclus ive remedie s for breach of warr anty . 5. Upon request f rom N okia, th e Consumer must prove the date of the original pu rchase of the Product by a dated bill of sale or dated itemized receipt.
[ 123 ] Nokia One-Y ear Limited W arr anty 6. The C onsumer shall bear the cost of shipping the Product to No kia in Melbourne, Florida. Nokia shall bear the co st of shipping the Product ba ck to the Cons umer aft er the com pleti on of se rvice under thi s limi ted war ranty . 7. The C onsumer shall ha ve no coverage or benefi ts under this l imited warranty if any of the following conditions ar e applicable: a) The Product has been subject to abnormal use, abn ormal conditions, improper storage, ex posure to moisture or dampness, unauthorized modifications, unauthorized connections, unauthorized r epair , misuse, neglect, abuse, accident, alteration, improper installation, or other acts which are n ot the fault of Nokia, including dama ge caused by shipping. b) The Product has been damaged from external causes such as collision with an obj ect, or fro m fire, flooding, sand, dir t, windstorm, lightning, earthquake or damage from exposure to w eather conditions, an Act of God, or b attery leakage , thef t, blo wn f use, o r im prop er us e of an y ele ctric al source, or dam age caused by the connection to other products not recommended for interconnection by Nokia. c) Nokia was not advised by the Consumer in wr iting of the alleged defect or malf unction of the Pr oduc t with in fourte en (14 ) days after th e expir ation of the applica ble limited warranty period. d) The Pr oduct serial number plate or the accessory data code has been removed, def aced or altered. e) The defect or damage was ca used by the defective function of t he cellular system, by inadequate sign al reception by the external antenna, or by viruses or oth er software problems introdu ced into the Pr oduct. 8. Nokia does not warrant uninterrupted or error-fr ee operation of the Product. If a problem develops du ring the l imited warranty pe riod, the Consumer shall take the f ollowing step-by-step pr ocedure: a) The Co nsumer shall return the Product to the place of pu rchase for repair or replacement processing.
[ 124 ] b) If â aâ is not convenient because of distance (more than 50 miles) or f or other good cause, the Consu mer shall ship the Pr oduct prepaid and insured to: Nokia Inc. Attn: Repair Department 795 West Nas a Blvd. Melbourne, FL 3290 1 c) The Consumer shall include a return address, daytime phone number and/or f ax numbe r , com plete descri ption of th e prob lem, pr oof of purch ase and service agreement (if applicable). Expenses related to removing the Product from an installation are n ot covered under this limited warranty . d) The Consumer will be billed for any parts or labor charges not covered by thi s limite d wa rranty . The C onsume r wi ll b e respon sible f or any e xpen ses related to reinstallation of th e Product. e) Nokia wil l repair or authorize the repair of the Produ ct under the li mited warranty within 30 da ys after receipt of th e Product by Nokia or an Nokia authorized service cen ter . If Nokia cannot perform re pair covered under this limited warranty with in 30 days, or afte r a reasonable number of attempts to repair the same defect, Nokia at its option , will provide a replacement Product or r efund the pu rchase price of the Product le ss a reasonable amount for usage. f) If the Product is returne d to Nokia during the limited w arranty period, but the pr oblem with the Product is not covered under the terms and conditions of th is limited warranty , the Consumer will be notified and given an estimate of th e charges the Cons umer must pay to have the Product repaired, wi th all shipping charges billed to the Consum er . If the estimate is refused, the Pr oduct will b e returned fre ight collect. If the Product is returned to Nokia after the expir ation of the limited warranty period, Nokia's normal s ervice policies shall apply an d the Consumer will be responsible for all shipping charges. 9. The Product consists of newly ass emble d equipment that may contain used c omponen ts that have b een re proc essed to allow m achin e com plianc e with Product pe rformance and reliability specifications.
[ 125 ] Nokia One-Y ear Limited W arr anty 1 0. ANY IM PLIED WA RR ANTY OF MERCHA NT ABILI TY , OR FITN ESS FOR A P ARTI CULAR PU RPOSE O R USE , SHALL BE LIM ITED TO THE DURA TIO N OF TH E FOREGO ING LI MITED WRIT TEN W ARRANT Y . O T HERWISE, THE FOR EGOI NG LIMITED W A RRANTY IS THE CONS UMER'S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE RE ME D Y AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL O THER W ARRANTI ES, EXP RESS OR IMPLIED. NO KIA SHALL NO T BE LIABL E FOR SPE CIAL, INCID EN T AL OR CO NSEQUEN TIAL DAMA GES, I NCL UDI NG BUT NOT LI MITE D TO , L OSS O F A NTI CIPA TE D BENEFITS OR PROFITS, LOSS OF SAV INGS O R REVENUE, PUNITIVE DAMAGES , LOSS OF USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ANY ASSOCIA TED EQUIPMENT , COST OF CAP IT A L, CO ST O F ANY S UBSTI T UTE EQU IPM ENT O R FACI LI TIES, DOW NTIME, THE CLA IMS OF ANY THIR D P ARTIES, IN CLUD ING C UST OMERS, AND INJUR Y T O PROPERTY , RESUL TING FROM THE PURCHASE OR USE OF THE PRO DUCT OR A RISING FROM BREAC H OF TH E W ARR ANTY , BR EACH OF CONT RACT , NEGLIG ENCE , STRIC T TORT , OR A NY O THER L EGAL O R EQUI T ABL E THEOR Y , EVEN IF NOKI A KNEW OF THE LIKEL IHOO D OF SUCH DA MAGES . NO KIA S HALL N O T BE LI ABLE FOR DE LA Y IN REN DERI NG SERV ICE UNDE R THE L IMITE D W ARRA NTY , OR LOSS OF US E DURI NG THE PER IOD TH AT THE P ROD UCT IS B EI NG RE P AIRE D. 1 1. Some states do not allow limitation of how long an implied w arrant y lasts, so the above one-year warranty limita tion may not apply to you (the Consumer). Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental and consequential damages, so certain of the above lim itations or exclusions ma y not apply to you (th e Consumer). This limited warranty gives the Cons umer specific legal rights and the Consumer may also have other righ ts wh ich vary from s tate to sta te. 12. Nokia n either assumes nor authorizes a ny authorized service cen ter or any other person or entity to assume for it any other obligation or liability beyond that which is expr essly pr ovided for in t his limited warranty including the provider or seller of any extended warranty or ser vice agreement. 13. This is the entire warr anty between Nokia and the Consumer , a nd supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements or u nderstandings, oral or written, and all communications relating to the Product, and no representation, promise or condition not contained herein shall modify these terms .
[ 126 ] 14. This limited warranty allocates the risk of failure of the Product between the Consumer and Nokia. The allocation is r ecognized by th e Consumer and is r eflected in th e purchase price of the Pr oduct. 15. Any action or lawsuit for breach of warranty must be commenced within eightee n (18) months following deliver y of th e Product. 16. Questions concerning this limited warranty may be directed to: Nokia Cu stomer Ca re Center 7725 W oodland Cente r Blvd., Ste. 150 Tampa, FL 336 14 Telepho ne: 1 -8 88-NO KIA2 U (1-8 88-6 65 -4228 ) F ac simi le: 1-8 13- 249 -96 1 9 For the h earing-impaired only (TTY): 1-80 0- 24NOK IA ( 1-8 00- 246- 65 42) 17. The lim ited warranty period for Nokia supplied attachments and accessories is specifically defined within their own warranty cards and packaging.
[ 127 ] 28. Index Numeri cs 1-to uch dialing 44 setup 44 3-way conf erenc e calls 38 A ABC mode 24 acces s codes 58 lock code 59 securit y 58 acces sories 95 batteries 96 charg ers 98 accessories and batteries 113 adjust ing earpiece volume 22 adva nced ca lling fe atures 34 anykey a nswer 36 B Batteries Charging times 96 Standby and talk times 97 batteries 96 attac hing 5 charg e level indicato r 8 charg ing 5 removin g 6 using w ith chargers 112 vibrating alert 52 bookmarks about 86 options 88 retu rnin g 87 saving 87 C calcul ator 76 curren cy conversio n 76 using 76 call f orwar ding 37, 91 call log 29 call time rs 31 clear list s 30 options 30 viewin g 29 call m ode 93 call r estriction s 59 adding 60 editing 61 eras ing 61 select ing 61 call time rs clear 31 display 31 call w aiting 37, 92 caller groups 48 caller ID 36 calling your voic e ma ilbox 21 calls 1-touch dialin g 44 3-w ay calls 38 adjust ing ea rpiece volume 22 advanc ed feature s 34 answe ring 20 anykey a nswe r 36 autom atic r edial 39 call f orwar ding 37, 91 call w aiting 37, 92 caller groups 48 caller ID 36 end ing 21 in-call me nu 34 makin g 20
[ 128 ] mute 36 phone lock 57 redial last nu mbe r 21 reject ing 21 send ow n caller ID 38, 93 voice m ailbox 21 changing a number type 46 charg ing charg ers 98 clock 53 displayin g/hiding 54 se ttin g the ti me 53 time fo rm at 54 contact info rmation Nok ia 3 service prov ider 4 contact manage r 77 custom ize profile se ttings 51 D diagrams 7 display 8 heade r 9 icons 9 indicat ors 9 scroll ba r 9 Start scree n 8 display contra st 53 display options 52 contrast 53 curren t call timer 53 language 52 show/hide clock 54 DLR -3 P 81 modem conn ection 81 PC Con ne cti v ity Gu ide 81 synchro niza tion 81 download a r inging tone 88 E emer genc y calls 117 end ing a call 21 ente rin g t ext keyp ad 23 Navi rolle r 23 F feature c odes 91 G games 89 startin g 89 getting starte d 5 I In-c all menu 34 in-call me nu end a ll calls 35 menu 35 mute 36 new ca ll 35 phone book 35 send flas h 35 send touc h t ones 34 indicators and icons 9 Infra red 78 ca le ndar not es 80 phone book 79 sending /receivin g data 78 status 79 types of c onnect ions 79 K keyg uard 56 keyp ad lock 56 keys 11 end 11
[ 129 ] Navi rolle r 11, 12 numbe r 11 select ion 11 tal k 11 L labels 2 last numbe r redial 21 Launching the browser 83 letters a nd n umber s 23 lock code 59 chan ging 59 M makin g a call 20 memor y sta tus 49 menu s browsing 15 help t exts 15 li st of func tion s 16 shortc ut s 16 N Navi rolle r 12 custom izing 50 ente ring c har ac ters 23 netw ork feat ure set ting storing featur e code 91 netw ork feat ures call w aiting 92 public sys tem s ettin g 94 send ow n caller ID 93 netw ork ser vices 3 call f orwar ding 91 call m ode 93 O Opposite 89 P phone book 25 adding a new num ber 45 editing 27 editing a nu mber 45 erasing a number 45 eras ing an en try 28 makin g a call 26 menu s 26 multip le n umber s 45 numbe r type s 46 organizing 27 primary num ber 46 scroll vie w 47 sear ching 47 text info rma tion 47 using 26 working wit h 26 phone lock 56 act ivatin g/deactivat ing 57 allowe d num ber 57 lock code 59 makin g a call 57 power switch 8 primary num ber 46 profiles 33 custom izing 50 rena ming 52 select ing 33 se tting s 51 public sys tem s etting 94 Q quick sa ve 25 R Racket 89 reject ing a call 21
[ 130 ] renaming a pr ofile 52 restore fa ctory settin gs 54 ringing tones, download 88 Rotation 89 S safe ty guidelines 114 safe ty inform atio n 1 saving nam es and numb ers 25 saving te xt info rma tion 47 saving via ph one book menu 25 scro ll view 47 searching the phone book 47 se cur it y co de 58 chan ging 58 Sec urity sett ings 56 se curi ty sett ings acces s codes 58 call r estrictions 59 keyg uard 56 phone lock 56 select ing call restrict ions 61 send ow n caller ID 38, 93 setting d ispla y lang uage 52 se ttin g the ti me 53 se ttin g time forma t 54 slide disable/enable 55 sliding cove r 13 re-at tach ing 13 Snake II 89 starting a gam e 89 T techn ical inform ation 121 U Understandin g a WA P web site 83 updates 3 V voice dialin g 41 dialing a numbe r 43 importan t notes 42 voice tag s 41 working wit h tags 43 voice m ail 32 voice m ailbox listen to me ssages 32 setup 32 Voice me ssages Greetin gs, passw ords, and p rompts 32 Listening to your vo ice messages 32 Setting u p you r voice mailbox 32 voice m essages 32 W WAP c ard 84 WAP se rvic es 82 bookmarks 86 browser 83 browser m enu 84, 85 card Options menu 86 navigat ing a WAP card 84 service prov ider 83 WAP web sites 83 warr ant y contact info rmation 126 warr ant y inform a tion 122 welcom e no te 54 Wireless Appl ication Protocol 82 working with bookm arks 87 P ara obtener un manual del usuario en español favor de llamar o enviar un fax al teléfono 1 -888-NOKIA2U , fax 8 13-249-96 19.
Nokia 7 160 User Guide
The wireless phone described in this gui de is approved for use in TDMA and AMPS networks. Lega l info rmatio n P a rt No. 935320 9, Iss ue No. 2.1 é 2000 âÂÂ2 00 1 No kia Inc . A ll r ights res erv ed. Printed in Canada 04/0 1 Nokia, Nokia Connecting P eople and the Original Accessories logos ar e trademarks of Nokia Corporation and/or its affiliates. US P atent No 58 18437 and other pe nding patents. T9 text input sof tware Copyright (C) 1999. Tegic Communications, Inc. All rights reserved. Includes RSA B SAFE cryptograph ic or security protocol software from RSA Secu rity . The information con tained in this User G uide was w ritten for Nokia phone NSW-5. The right to make changes and improvements to any of the products described in this guide witho ut prior notice is reser ved. Expor t Cont rols This product contains commodities, technology or software exported from the United States in accordan ce with the Export Administration regulations. Diversion contra ry to U.S. law is prohibited. FCC/Industry Ca nada Notice Y our phone may cause TV or radio interference (for example, when using a teleph one in clo se prox imity to recei ving eq uipm ent). Th e FCC or I ndustry Canada can require you to stop u sing your telephone if such interference cannot be eliminated. If you requi re assis tance, contact your local service facility . This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the condition th at this device does n ot cause harmful in terferen ce.
[ i ] Conten ts For your safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Y our ph one âÂÂs label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1. W elcome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Network ser vices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 How to contact Nokia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Contacting your s ervice pr ovider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 2. Before you begin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Attach your batter y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Char ge your batte ry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Removing the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Prolonging batte ry life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 3. About your phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Diagra ms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Back . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Bottom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Switch the phon e on (o r off) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 About your phoneâÂÂs display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 The Sta rt sc reen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Indicator s and Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Using the keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 Using the s election keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 Using the Na vi⢠rol ler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Using the sliding cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Just in cas e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
[ i i ] 4. Y our phoneâÂÂs menu s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Browsing the menus via th e roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 List of ma in men u functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 5. Making/receiving calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Making a call u sing the keypa d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Making a call u sing the ph one book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Making other types of phon e calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Answer ing a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Ending a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 1 Rejectin g a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 1 Last numbe r re dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 1 Calling your voice mailbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 Adjusting the earpiece volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 6. Letters a nd numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Entering cha racter s via the Navi⢠roll er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Entering chara cters via the keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 7. Phone book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Saving n ames a nd nu mbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Saving n ames a nd nu mbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Saving via the ph one book m enu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 W orking with the ph one book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Making a call f rom the ph one book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Phone book menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Organizi ng the ph one book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Editi ng a na me an d num ber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Erasing a phone book entr y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
[ iii ] 8. Call log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 9 Viewing ca ll-related inform ation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Call-rela ted i nformation options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Clear ca ll lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Other call log option s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 Call tim ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 Clear call timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 9. V o ice messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Setting up your voice mailbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Greetin gs, pas swords, and pr ompts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Listen ing to your voice me ssa ges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 1 0. Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Selecting a nother pr ofile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 1 1. Advanced callin g features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 4 Exploring th e In-c all menu options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Send touch tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Send f lash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 End all calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 New ca ll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Accessing Phone boo k a nd Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Muting/unm uting th e microph one . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Anykey ans wer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Caller ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Call f orwarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Call waitin g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Send own caller ID with next ca ll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 3-wa y conferen ce calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Automatic r edial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
[ iv ] Calling card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 V oice dia ling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 Assignin g a voice ta g to a ph one nu mber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 Dialing a num ber usin g voice dia ling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 W orkin g with an existing voice tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 1-touch dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Setting up 1- touch dia ling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Phone book enhancem ents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Multiple numbers per ph one book e ntry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Prima ry number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Chan ging a number type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Saving te xt infor mation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Searching the phone book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Phone book scroll vie w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Caller groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Memor y statu s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 12. Customize your phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Customizing the Navi roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 W orkin g with pr ofiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Settings you can cust omize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1 Renami ng prof iles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Display options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Setting the display language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Display co ntrast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Displaying th e curr ent call timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Setting the time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Selecting a time fo rmat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Displaying or h iding the clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Welcome note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
[ v ] Restor e factory settin gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Disable/enable the active slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 13. Security settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 K eypad lock (Keyguard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Phone lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Activating and deactivating phone lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Allowed num ber w hen phone locked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Access code s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Security code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Lock code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Call r estriction s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Selecting ca ll restriction s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1 14. T ext messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Reading text mes sages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Using predictive tex t in put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Writing and sen ding text m essage s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Replying to a mes sage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Messag es in the O utbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 0 15. Y our per sonal assis tant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1 Calendar views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1 Adding a calend ar note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 T o-do list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Alarm clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Calculat or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Using the cal culat or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Using calculato r for cur rency conver sion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Contact m anager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
[ v i ] 16. Infr ared connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Sending a nd r eceiving da ta via IR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Checking th e sta tus of an IR conn ection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Other types of IR conn ections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 T ransmitting phone book via IR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Calendar no tes via IR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 17. DLR-3P conne ctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1 18. W AP s ervices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Services menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 About your service provider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Laun ching the brows er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Under standing a W AP we b site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Under standing and naviga ting a W A P card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 The br owser m enu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 The ca rd Option s me nu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Bookmar ks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 W orkin g with bookmar ks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Download a ringing tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Play , save, o r eras e a ri nging tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 19. Games . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Game settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 20. Network settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Network sele ction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Network ser vices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 V oice privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Own n umber selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Network f eatur e se tting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1 Call f orwarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 1
[ vii ] Call waitin g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Send own caller ID when calling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Call m ode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Public system setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 2 1. Accessori es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Batterie s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Char ging Tim es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Standby and Ta lk Tim es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Charger s and O ther Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 22. T roubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 1 23. Fre q uently As ked Questions (FAQ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 03 24. Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 7 25. Refere nce informa tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 12 Using batterie s and ch argers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 12 Accessor ies a nd batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 13 Importa nt Safety Infor mation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 14 T raffic Sa fety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 14 Opera ting En vironme nt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 14 Electron ic Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 14 P otentially Explosive Atmospheres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 16 V ehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 16 Emergen cy Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 17 IMPORTANT! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 17 Making an Em ergency C all . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 17 Radio Frequency (RF) S ignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 18 Care and Ma intena nce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
[ viii ] 26. T ec hnical informa tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 1 27. Nokia One-Y e ar Limited W arranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 28. Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
[ 1 ] ⢠For you r safet y Read these simple guide lines before using you r phone. F ailure to comply with th ese guidelines may be da ngerous or illegal. Road S afety Comes First DonâÂÂt use a hand-h eld phone while driving; par k the vehicle first. Swit ch O f f In Ho spit als Follow any r egulation s or rules. Switch phone of f near medical equipmen t. Swit ch Of f Wh il e On Ai rcr aft Wireless phones can cause interference. U sing them on aircraft is illegal. Swit ch Of f Whe n R efue ling DonâÂÂt use phone at a refueling point. DonâÂÂt use ne ar fuel or chemicals . Switch Off Near Blasting Do not use the phone w here blasting is in progre ss. Observe restrictions, a nd follow any regulations or rules. Int erf er enc e All wireless phones may get interf erence which could affect performance. Use Sens ibly Use only in th e normal position (to ear). DonâÂÂt touch the antenna unnec e ssa rily . Qualif ied Servic e Only qualified ser vice per sonnel must install or repair equipmen t. Accesso ries and Batter ies Use only appr oved accessories an d batteries. Do not connect incompatible products.
[ 2 ] Connecting T o Other Devices When connecting to any other device, r ead its userâÂÂs guide for detaile d safety i nstructi ons. D o not connect incom patible product s. Remember to make back up copies of a ll important data. Making Calls Ensure the phone is switched on and in service. Enter th e phone number , inclu ding the are a code, th en pres s . T o end a call press . T o answer a call press . Emergency Calls Ensure the ph one is swi tched on and in service. If the word â Clearâ appears on the display above the key , press and hold Clear to clear the displa y . E nter the eme rgency n umber , th en pre ss . Give your location. Do not end the call until told to do so. Infrared Precautions Do not point th e IR beam at anyoneâÂÂs eyes or allow it to in terfere with other IR devices. ⢠Y our phoneâÂÂs label The label f ound on the back of your ph one (under the battery) contains important information about your phone, including the m odel and serial numbers. Y ou will be r equired to pr ovide inform ation from th is label, in the event you call Nokia Cu stomer Service (or call your service provider). Ther efore, please do not remove or de face this label.
[ 3 ] W elcome 1. W e lcome Congratulations on you r purchase of a Nokia 7 160 mobile phone. Y ou are now on your w ay to using a new an d exciting tool. However , before you use your phone, read this chapter . It provides information that you need to kn ow about h ow to use th is manual and how to contact Nokia. ⢠Network servic es Call Forwarding and Call Waiting are two examples of features called Network Services. Ne twork Services are special services provided by your wireless service provider , and are described later in this guide. Before you can take advantage of any of these Network Ser vices, you must subscribe to these serv ice(s) from your wir eless service provider and obtain instru ction s from the m for thei r use. Note: Some networks may not sup port all lan guage-dependent char acters. Updates The latest version of this OwnerâÂÂs Manual m ay be available on NokiaâÂÂs W orld Wide W eb site at http ://www .NokiaUSA.com . ⢠How to contact Nokia Nokia Contact Center Customer Care, Canada Nokia Cu stomer Care Ce nter , US A 7725 Woodland Center Boulevard, Suite #1 50 T am pa, Florida 336 1 4 T el: 1-8 88-NO KIA2U (1-888 -665-42 28) Fax: 1-8 13-249-9 6 19 For the hearing-im paired on ly (TTY): 1-800-2 4NOKIA (1- 800- 246-654 2) Custom er Care, Can ada Nokia Products Ltd. 575 West ney Rd . South Ajax, Onta rio L1S 4N 7 T el: 1-8 88-22NO KIA (1-888 -226-65 42) Fax: 1-9 05-4 27-1 0 7 0
[ 4 ] ⢠Contacting your service provi der Some service provider s have pre-programmed th eir customer support number into th e phone. Pressing an d holding the key (or the key that your service provider instructed you to us e) for 2 seconds will automatically dial their customer support number . This f eature can be helpful if youâÂÂre having difficulties dialing a number , especially when traveling outside your home area. If your service provider deems your pr oblem to be Nokia-related, th ey will direct you to contact N ok i a Customer Service. Note: This one-key f eature might not be available on all system s. Contact your service provider f or availability .
[ 5 ] Before you begin 2. Before you begin ⢠Attach your battery Prio r to using your phon e, the batt ery m ust be installed and charged. Grasp the phone near the di splay (rather than on the slide mecha nism). Pl ace the ba ttery in t he g rooves on the back of your phone. Then slide the battery upward until it clicks . Note: Use only those batteries approved by the phone ma nufa cturer . See âÂÂUsing batteries and charger sâ on page 1 12 . ⢠Charge your batter y 1. With your ph one on or off, connect the lead from the charger to the bottom of the phone. 2. Connect th e charger to an AC wall outlet. The battery in dicator bar starts to scroll afte r a few secon ds. 3. Disconnect the charger from the phone and AC ou tlet when the battery is fully char ged. Note: When the indicator bar stops scrolling, the battery will accept a "trickle charge" for an additional 2 hours u ntil it is 1 00% fully charged (except BMS-2V). See âÂÂCharging T imesâ on page 96 for more information. Imp ortant b attery in formati on: ⢠Recharge your battery on ly with the ch argers approved by the manu fac tur er . ⢠The phone can be used while chargin g if the ph one is switched on.
[ 6 ] ⢠If the battery is totally empty , it may take a few minutes before you can make and receive calls, and befor e the charging indicat ion appears on the dis play . For m ore information about specific ch argers, see pages 98-1 00. ⢠If the phone is switched on w hen charging is completed, Battery full is displayed on the screen momentarily . ⢠Unlike NiMH batteries, the BLS-2S L i-Ion battery does not need to be fully discharged before recharging. ⢠Charging time depends on the charger and battery used. For example, the charging time for the BL S-2S battery with the ACP-8U charger takes about 2 ho urs. See page 96 for charging times. ⢠Rem oving the battery It is ne cessary to r emove the existing battery if you purchase (and want to use) a different battery mode l, or have purchased a spare battery . T o remove the battery: 1. Make su re the ph one ha s been tu rn ed off f or 1 0 se conds. 2 . Whil e ho ldi ng th e p hone by th e di splay (and not on the slid e m ech anis m), press and hold the battery release button. 3. Slide the battery downward and away f rom the antenna. 4. Rem ove the batter y from the gr ooved back of th e phone. Prolong ing battery li fe A NiMH battery lasts longer and pe rforms better if you fu lly disc harge it from time to time. T o discharge your battery: ⢠Leave your phone switched on until the battery i s dra ined. I gnore any messages to recharge your battery . ⢠Use the battery discharge feature of any approved accessory available for your phone. Note: Do not a ttempt to discharge th e battery by an y means ot her than those just described.
[ 7 ] About your phone 3. About your phone ⢠Diagrams Front Fixe d a nte nna Po w e r k e y Ear piec e Microp hone Slid ing k ey cove r Na vi TM roller Se lec tio n ke ys Ph one Di sp lay Inf rare d p ort Exte rna l ante nna jack (utilized by Car kit ) Back Bottom AC po wer Headset, DLR-3P
[ 8 ] ⢠Switch the phone on (or off) T o switch the phone on or of f, press and hold for 2 seconds. War ni n g! Do not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibi ted or whe n it may cause in terf eren ce or dang er . As with any othe r radio transm itting device, do not touch the antenna unn ecessarily when the phone is sw itched on. Contact with the anten na affects call qu ality an d may cause the phone to operate at a higher power level th an otherw ise needed. ⢠About yo ur phoneâÂÂs display Y o ur p honeâÂÂs displ ay prov ides sev eral d ifferent types of i nformati on thr ough the use of v arious display indi cators and icons. Most essent ial indicat ors and icons relate d to various phone functio ns are expl ained later in this userâÂÂs gu ide. The Start screen The S tart screen refer s to the p honeâÂÂs display when no c alls are in pr ogress, and th ere are currently no menu or phone book entries disp layed. Y o u can easily re turn to the Start sc reen from any loca tion ( other th an an active c all) s imply b y press ing the key . However , keep in mind that any text or numbers that you were entering at the tim e will be lost, and your wor k will n ot be saved. HOME Often times you r service prov iderâ s n ame will appear h ere. Shows the signal strength of the wireless n etwork at your current location. The higher the bar , the stronger the signal. Shows the battery charge level. T he higher the bar , the more power in the ba ttery . Indicates that you are in a digital network.
[ 9 ] About your phone Head er and sc roll bar A header l ine appears at the top of your screen when in the phone book or while navigati ng the menus, providin g you wi th a reminder o f the phone book entr y you are working with, or func ti on s as a rem inde r of t he me nu or sub-menu with which you are work ing. A scroll bar is displayed on the righ t edge of your screen, giving you a visual representation of your relative position wh ile navigating the menu and sub-menu structure. The scroll bar is not visible in the phon e book. ⢠Indicators and Icon s The following is a collection of the various other in dicators and icons that you may see on y our ph oneâÂÂs display: Icon Descr iptio n Y ou have an act ive cal l. The phone is waiting for you to enter numbers or text. Y o u h ave turned off your phoneâÂÂs keypad tones, warning tones, message alert tones , and s et your ringing ton e to Silen t . K eyguard has been acti vated to help prev ent any accidental keypresses. Y ou have one or more voice mess ages wait ing. Y o u have one o r more unread t ext mess ages wait ing. Dig it al se rv ice is av ail a bl e. Any characters y ou enter will be upper-ca se letters or numbers. Press the key to switch letter case. Scroll bar Header
[ 1 0 ] Any characters you enter will be lower-case letters or numbers . Press the key to switch letter case. Indicat es sentence case. Y ou will not need to swi tch between upper cas e and lower case for th e first word in a sentence. Available when ent ering calendar notes, to-do list eve nts, or writing text messages. Also indi cates title case. A utomati cally capitalize s first letter in ever y word. Available when e ntering name s i n the phone book. Appears when you press and h old the key while enterin g/editin g text. Only numbers can be entered while in this mode. Indicates insert special characters mode. Appears when you pres s and hol d the key while e ntering/edit ing text. On ly sp ecial c haracters can be entered. The alarm cl ock is set. Y ou h ave a general reminder entered in your calendar (appears only on Calendar disp lay). Y o u have a reminder i n your calendar th at itâÂÂs s omeoneâÂÂs birthday (appears only on Calendar display). Y ou have a remi nder in your cale ndar to cal l so meone (app ears only on Calendar disp lay). Y o u have a reminder in your calendar of a me eting (appears only on Cale ndar display). Indicates an ac tive data or fax cal l. Appears when the DLR-3P data cable is connec ted to your phone. Icon Descr iptio n
[ 1 1 ] About your phone â¢U s i n g t h e k e y s The follow ing table cont ains information on using the various keys found on your ph one: Using the selectio n keys T wo selection ke ys are lo cated below the display . T heir functions can be ide ntified by the text shown above the keys in the display . For example, pressing the left selection key when Menu appears above it displays the first of m any menus. Similarly , p ressing the righ t selection key when Names appears above it displays the phone book menu. Key : Des cr ipt io n: Po w e r : Press and hold to switch the ph one on or off. Sel ec ti on: Press to perform the fu nction indicated by the label above the key (on the phoneâÂÂs display). Roll er: Rol l to sc roll th roug h li st s or men us . Pre ss to sele ct t he highli ghted item. Used duri ng a c all to ad just t he e arpiece volume . See page 12 . Tal k : Pres s to make a cal l to name/number shown on the display or to answer a call. Press once at the Start screen to enter the list of l as t dialed numbers. End : Pres s to end a cal l or to s ilenc e an i ncomi ng call . - Num be r : U sed for entering n umbers and l etters. Ti p: P res s a nd h old to ca ll y our vo ice mai lb ox. Special characters: is used for entering special characters. is u sed to perform special fu nctions (example: changi ng letter case in alph a mode).
[ 12 ] In this manual, the selection keys are referred to by the texts that appear above them, and appear in bold (for example, Men u or Names ). Left s elec tio n ke y The left selection key will frequently display one of the m ost commonly used sub-men us when scrolling throu gh the phoneâÂÂs menu. For example, when you access the Messag es menu, the left selection key is Inb ox . Use this s hor t cut to access the feat ure displayed, or press the roller to ac cess the entire list of sub-m enus. â¢U s i n g t h e N a v i TM roller The Nav i TM roller is a m ulti-fu nction key u sed to navigate through your phoneâÂÂs menus and phone book. Roll the roller up or down to scroll through lists of names and n umbers, or through the ph oneâÂÂs menus, subm enus and option lists. Press o nc e to perform one of the following (depending on what is displayed): ⢠show details of th e highlighted name or number . ⢠display a sub-menu (same as pr essing the Opt ions selection key , whether visible or n ot). ⢠select the highlighted function or setting. ⢠automatically select the most frequently used me nu or sub-menu option. Pre ss and hold to make a call to th e name or number displayed when the sliding cover of you r phone is clos ed. Tips : ⢠Pressing the roller is the same as pressing Select . ⢠Press the roller when n o calls are in prog ress (or when no menus are displayed) to display the Phone bookâÂÂs Names List. For in formation about customizing the roller âÂÂs function, see page 50.
[ 13 ] About your phone ⢠Usin g the sliding cover The sliding cover pr otects your phoneâÂÂs keypad, and can be us ed to answer , e nd or reject a call. (See page 2 1 for details.) T o open th e sliding cover , slide it down. T o close the cove r , slide it up until it locks into place. Tip: Closing the slidi ng cover exits the m enu or phone book f unctions and returns you to the Start screen . Note: If you have locked the keypad of your phone, the keypad is always unlocked when you open the sliding cover . T o close the sl iding cov er withou t ending a call: 1. Bef ore closing the cover , pr ess the Opti on s selection k ey . 2. Close th e sliding cover . T o end a call w ith the slidi ng cover closed: â¢P r e s s t h e Opti ons selection key (when it appears), scroll to End all calls , then press the roller . Just i n ca se If the plastic part of your phoneâÂÂs sliding cover accidentally comes off, reattach it as descr ibed below: 1. Make sure metal fram e of slide is fully extended and locked into the open position(slide will "click" into place). 2. Place the right edge of the plastic slide cover on the right side of the metal f rame (depressing the microphone contacts in the process).
[ 14 ] 3. Rotate th e plastic slide cover onto the metal slide frame. Make sure the middle snap is secured properly (turn the phone over to check). 4. Press the le ft side of the plastic sl ide cover onto the metal slide f ram e until it snaps into place. 5. Check to confirm that all 3 snaps are secu rely fas tene d.
[ 15 ] Y our phoneâ s men us 4. Y our phoneâÂÂs menus The ph oneâÂÂs m enus allo w y ou to tailor the phone to your need s. Each m enu can contain several levels of submenus. The menus and submenus ca n be accessed by rolling the r oller or using the appropriate shortcut number (see pa ge 16). Hel p texts A brief he lp text is available for most menu items. T o view the help text, scroll to the desired menu func tion and wait for 1 0 seconds. ⢠Browsing the menus via the r oller Using the multi-fun ction Navi roller , you can scroll through th e various menus and sub menus by rolling the r oller up or down. To make your selection, simply press the r oller . 1. Pre ss Menu . 2. Use the roller to scroll to the desired ma in menu. 3. Press the roller to make your choice (for e xample, Setti ngs) , an d to view the sub-men u(s). Note: If th e submen u cont ains s ubmenu s, scroll to the desir ed submenu and press the roller to select (for e xample, Cal l set ti ngs ). 4. Scroll to the de sired setting option (f or exampl e, 1-touch dialing ) an d press the roller to select. Tip s: ⢠Some of the most f requently used sub-menu options can be found by rolling up, in addition to rollin g down.
[ 16 ] ⢠Y ou can retu rn to the previou s menu level by pressing Back , or exit the me nu by pr essi ng Exit (if dis played). ⢠Y ou can exit the menu by pressing a nd holding Back (including when the slide is closed). ⢠Y ou can always exit the menu by pressing without changing the menu settings. Pressing returns you to the Start screen. Accessin g a menu function by its shortcut Most menu items (menus, submen us and setting options) are numbe red and can be accessed by their shortcut number . The shortcut number i s shown in the top r ight corner of the d isplay . For menu shortcut numbers see âÂÂList of m ain menu fu nctionsâ on page 16. 1. Pre ss Menu . 2. Within 3 seconds, enter the first number of the menu funct ion you want to ac cess. Repeat until you have entered all of the n umbers. For exam ple: T o set the menu function 1-touch dialing to on , press Menu 4- 2-3-1 ( Setti ngs - Ca ll set tin gs - 1-touch dialin g - On ). ⢠List of main menu fun ctions 1M e s s a g e s 0 1-1 Inbox 01 - 2 O u t b o x 1-3 Archiv e 1-4 V oice messages 1-4-1 Listen to voice me ssages 1-4-2 V oice mailbox number 1-5 Erase m essages 1-5- 1 A ll rea d 1-5- 2 I nbo x 1-5- 3 O utb ox 1-5- 4 A rc hive 1-6 Write me ssag e 1-7 Writ e e-m ail
[ 17 ] Y our phoneâ s men us 2C a l l l o g 2-1 Missed calls 2-2 R eceived calls 2-3 Dialed call s 2-4 C lear c all lists 2-4-1 All calls 2-4-2 Missed calls 2-4-3 Dialed calls 2-4-4 R eceived calls 2-5 C all timers 2-5- 1 L a st call 2-5- 1- 1 C urren t ca ll t im er 2-5-2 All calls 2-5- 3 L if e tim er 2-5- 4 C le ar timer s 3P r o f i l e s 3-1 Norma l 3-1- 1 S elec t 3-1- 2 C us tomi ze 3-1-2-1 Ringing option s 3-1-2-2 Ringing t one 3-1-2-3 Ringing volume 3-1- 2-4 Message aler t tone 3-1- 2- 5 Keypad t o nes 3-1- 2- 6 Warning tones 3-1-2-7 Accepted caller groups 3-1-2-8 Vibra ting alert (only when vibrating battery is attached) 3-2 Silent 3-2- 1 S elec t 3-2-2 Customize (same submenus as Normal profile) 3-2- 3 R ena me 3-3 Meeting (same s ubme nus a s Silent profile) 3-4 Outdoor (same submenus as Silent profile)
[ 18 ] 3-5 P ager (same submenus as Sile nt profile) 3-6 Handsfr ee * 3-6-1 Customize (same submenus as Normal profile, plus Automatic answ er and Lights) 3-7 Heads et â 3-7-1 Customize (same submenus as Normal profile, plus Automatic answ er) 4S e t t i n g s 4-1 T ime settings 4-1-1 Alarm clock 4-1- 2 C lo ck 4-1- 2- 1 Sh ow (h ide ) cloc k 4-1- 2- 2 Se t t he t ime 4-1- 2- 3 T ime fo rmat 4-2 C all settings 4-2- 1 A nyke y a nswer 4-2-2 Automatic redial 4-2-3 1-touch dialing 4-2- 4 C al li ng ca r d 4-3 Phone se ttin gs 4-3- 1 La ngu age 4-3- 2 Tou ch tones 4-3- 2- 1 Ma nual t ouch t ones 4-3- 2- 2 Touch t on e l ength 4-3- 3 Wel come not e 4-3-4 R oller function 4-3- 5 D i spla y co nt ras t 4-3-6 S lide settings 4-4 S ec uri ty s ett ings 4-4-1 Call restrictions 4-4-1-1 Restrict outgoing calls 4-4-1-2 Restrict incoming calls *. Automatically selected when placed in car kit or hands free desk charging stand. â . Automatically selected when headset is attached.
[ 19 ] Y our phoneâ s men us 4-4- 2 A cc ess cod es 4-4- 2- 1 Ph one loc k 4-4-2-2 A llowed number wh en phone locked 4-4- 2- 3 Cha nge s ecur ity cod e 4-4- 2- 4 Cha nge lo ck cod e 4-5 N et work se rv ices 4-5-1 V oice privacy 4-5-2 O wn n umber selection 4-5- 3 N etwor k f eat ure s ettin g 4-5-4 Call forwarding* 4-5-5 Call waiting* 4-5-6 S end own caller ID when calling* 4-5-7 C all m ode (n ot visible in all wireless systems) 4-5-8 Public system setting (not visible in all wireless system s) ( * ) - In dicates option is vis ible in menu only when enabled 4-6 R estore f actory setting s 5 Syste m 5-1 Automatic 5-2 Manua l 5-3 New s earch 6G a m e s 6-1 Snake I I 6-2 R otation 6-3 R acket 6-4 O pposite 6-5 Se ttings 7C a l c u l a t o r 8C a l e n d a r 9 T o-do li st 10 S e r v i c e s 11 I n f r a r e d 12 K ey gu ard
[ 20 ] 5. Making/receiving calls The following pages gi ve you a br ief description of th e different w ays to handle incoming and o utgoing calls. Making a call u sing t he keypad 1. Open the sliding cover . 2. Enter the phone number including th e area code and press . Making a call u sing t he pho ne boo k For instructions on saving names and numbers to your phone book, see "W orking with th e phone book" on page 26 . 1. Press the roller and scroll to the desired na me/entry . 2. Press the roller and scroll to the desired number . 3. Press the roller . Note: Sliding co ver can be open or closed. Making other typ es o f phone call s For more i nformation on : ⢠Making a call using voice dialing, see "Dialing a nu mber using voice dialing" on page 43 . ⢠Making a call with the slidin g cover closed, see "Making a call using the phone book" on page 2 0 . ⢠Makin g a call using 1-touch dialing, see "1-touch dialing" on page 44 . ⢠Making an emergency c all, see "Making a n Emergency Call" on page 1 17 . Answering a call Y ou ca n answer a ca ll using an y one the following m ethods: ⢠Open the slidin g cover , OR
[ 2 1 ] Making/receiving calls â¢P r e s s t h e Ans we r selection key , OR â¢P r e s s . Endin g a call Y ou can end a call using any on e the followin g methods: ⢠Close the sliding cover , OR â¢P r e s s t h e End c al l selection key , OR â¢P r e s s t h e k e y . Rejecting a call If you donâÂÂt want to answer a call, but still want to silence the ringer and allow the call to go to your voicemail: ⢠Close the sliding cover , OR â¢P r e s s t h e Si le nt selection key , OR â¢P r e s s . Last number redial The last ten phone numbers you dialed are saved in t he phoneâÂÂs memory . T o redial one of these last dialed numbers: 1. At the Start screen, press . A list of the last 1 0 numbers dialed app ear s . 2. Scroll with the r oller to the de sired name /number . 3. Press to dial the displayed name/number . Als o se e "Call log " on page 29 . Calling yo ur voice mailb ox Note: V oi ce mail is a ne twork service. For m ore information and for the voice mailbox n umber , cont act your service pr ovider . Also see "V oice messages" on page 3 2 .
[ 22 ] T o call your voice m ailbox: ⢠Press and hold (at the Start s creen ) OR â¢P r e s s List en when New voice message and the icon is displayed. Note: If th e phone asks f or your voice mailbox number , enter it and press OK . ⢠Adjusting the earpiece volume Y ou can adjust the earpiece volume while in a call by rolling the Navi roller upw ards to increase the volume and downwards to decrease the volume. Note: Y ou may need to press the Cl ea r key to delete any char acters on the phoneâÂÂs scr een prior to adjusting volume. picture picture
[ 23 ] Letters and numbers 6. Letters and numbers When wor king with the phone book, calendar , or to- do list, you can enter letters and numbers eith er via the phoneâÂÂs keypad (1 to 9), or using the roller . When wor king with text messages or the to-do list, an additional option , called " predicti ve te xt input" is also available. For more i nformati on on this featur e, see "Using predi ctive text input" on page 6 4 . Entering characters via the Navi TM roller Enter lette rs , nu mbers, and p unctu atio n usi ng the rol ler 1. Use the roller to scr oll through the available char acters (upp er/lower cas e characters , numbers, and punctuation). 2. Pre ss the roller to insert the h ighlighted letter or number . T IP : ⢠If you make a mistake, you can remove characters to the left by pressing Clear as many tim es as needed. Pressing and holding Clear clears th e scr een. ⢠T o move the cursor , scroll to on e of the a rrow symbols ( ! , " , # , o r $% ) and pres s the roller to m ove the cursor in the direction of the high lighted arro w sym bol. Note: Y ou can also move the curs or by first press ing Opti on s , then pressin g the roll er at Move cur so r . Scroll to the location you want and press Don e to m ove the curs or . Entering characters via the keypad If you ch ose to use th e keypad when enterin g text an d other characters, the keypad functions in 2 modes: alpha mode and numeric mode. A status indicator in the upper left corner indicates what mode you are in.
[ 24 ] Alpha mode has 4 sub-modes: ABC (upper case) and abc (lower case), title case, and sen tence case (both indicated by Ab c ). Numeri c mode is indicated by 123 in the u pper lef t corner of th e display . T o enter a character , pre ss the key labeled with the character you wan t; press once for the first character , twice for the second and so on . The available characters, depen ding on the display langua ge chosen (s ee pag e 52 ), ar e: ⢠T o switch betwe en upper case and lowe r case, pre ss quickly . ⢠T o inse rt a number , press an d hold the cor responding number key . Or , press and hold to switch to nu mber mode. To switch back to alpha mode, press and hold again . ⢠T o inse rt a space, pr ess (only works in alpha mode). ⢠Pressing br ings up a list of special chara cters. Scroll to the desired character and pr ess th e roller to select th e highligh ted char acter . T IP : When ent ering n ames i n ph one b ook, th e ph one uses title case , w hich automaticall y writes the first character of a name in upper case an d the rest of the name in lower case. When wri ting a text message or other te xt, the phone use s se ntence case , which automatical ly writ es the first character of each sentence in up per case. KEY CHARACTERS KEY CHARAC TER S 1. , ? ! - & 1 6 M N O 6 àààààà2 A B C 2 ààààààà7 P Q R S 7 $ à3 D E F 3 àààà8 T U V 8 àààà4 G H I 4 àààààà9 W X Y Z 9 5 J K L 5 ã 0 sp ace, 0
[ 25 ] Phone book 7. Phone book Y ou can sav e up t o 1 000 entri es (n ames an d associat ed n umbers) in your phon eâÂÂs phone book. In addition, your ph one book is capable o f storing multiple number s for each n ame (fax, business, mobile, et c.), as well as text in f o rm at ion ( po sta l address, e-mail address, etc.). Note: For more i nformation on saving multiple numbers per name, as well as other in formation, see page 45. ⢠Saving names and numbers Savin g names and nu mbers There are severa l ways to save names and numbers in you r phone book. T o quickly save a number and name (Qu ick Save): 1. Enter the phone number u sing the keypad. 2. Press the left s election key twice ( Opt ions - Save ). 3. Enter a na me and pre ss OK . 4. Pre ss Don e to r eturn to the Sta rt screen . T IP : Pressing and holding th e Opti on s selection key for 2 secon ds after entering the number will store th e number only . Sa ving via t he ph on e book men u 1. Pre ss Names . 2. Scroll to Add ent ry and press Sel e ct . 3. Enter the name and press OK . 4. Enter the area code (as necessary) and phone number , and press OK .
[ 26 ] ⢠W orking with the phone book Using t he phone book â¢P r e s s Names , scroll to th e desired function (for example, Add ent ry or Find ) and press the roller . Acc essi ng y our lis t of sa ved name s an d nu mbe rs ⢠At the Start screen , press the r oller . The Names list will be displayed. T IP : Y ou can also access th e phone book by pressing Names , then select List names from th e sub-menu . Making a call from the phon e book Making a ca ll from the phone book can come in handy when you want to make a c all with the slide closed. 1. Pre ss Names , then select List name s (or press the roller). 2. Scroll to the de sired name. 3. Press and hol d the roller to call th e highlighted name. If there is more than one number saved under the name: 1. Scroll to the desired name, and press the roller . 2. Scroll to the desired number ; press and hold the roller to dial the call. Note: For more i nformation on saving m ultiple numbers per name, see "Multiple numbers per ph one book entry" on page 45 . ⢠Phone book menus ⢠Li st names ⢠Fi nd ⢠Add e ntr y ⢠Ed it ⢠Era se - One by one - Erase all
[ 27 ] Phone book ⢠Ad d number ⢠Op tio n s - Phone book view - Mem ory statu s ⢠1-t ouch dialing ⢠Ca ller gr oups - F amily Rename grou p Group ringing tone Group graphic Group me mbers - VI P (same su b-menus as F amily) - Fr iends (same sub-menus as F amily) - Bus ine ss (same sub-menus as F amily) - Ot her (same sub-menus as F amily) ⢠V o ic e ta gs ⢠Organizing the phon e book Editin g a name and number Y ou can easily edi t the name of a phone book en try , as well as the number or numbers assigned to that entry . 1. Recall th e phone book e ntry you want to edit and press Opti on s . 2. Select Edit name . 3. Edit the name and press OK , then select the n umber you wish to edit and press Opti on s . 4. Scroll to Edit number and press Sel e ct . 5. Edi t the numb er an d pr ess OK . T IP : If you have other text information saved with this Phone book entry , highlight the e ntry and use Ed it te xt to edit postal or E-mail address, or to edit the text note you have saved un der a name.
[ 28 ] Erasing a phone book entry Y ou can remove a phone book entry (name and phone number (s)) f rom the phone book one by one or erase the e ntire contents of you r phone book. Era sing a ph one book entr y 1. Pres s the roller , scroll to the pho ne book entry to erase, and pres s Options . 2. Scroll to Erase name and press Select . 3. Pre ss OK to confirm your choice. Note: All details (including multiple numbers and an y text information) will be e rased when u sing this option, and cannot be undone. Era sing all phone book e ntries 1. At the Start scr een, press Names . 2. Scroll to Erase and press the roller . 3. Scroll to Erase all and press the roller . 4. Pre ss OK to confirm your selection, enter your security code, then press OK to comple te the process. Note: Once all names and numbers have bee n erased, they cannot be recovered.
[ 29 ] Call log 8. Call log Y our phone keeps a log (record) of call-related information including the phone n umber of the oth er p arty . C alls ar e classi fied as misse d (unanswered), receiv ed (answered), or dialed (either via the ph one book or numbers entered from the keypad). I n addition, the call log can record: â¢T h e dura tion (elapsed time) of the last call. â¢T h e da te and tim e when the call was connected. For this fe ature to w ork prop erly ⢠you must have a sub scription to Caller I D service. ⢠your phone was turned on and in a digital service area when the par ty placed the call. ⢠the caller did not choose to block Caller ID. ⢠the phoneâÂÂs time and date must be set. Note: If the in coming call has caller I D blocked, the numbe r cannot be recorded in the call log. For example, if you miss a call whose caller ID is blocked, pr essing List at the m issed call m essage will cau se the mess age No new numbers to be displayed, th en present the most recent call whose caller I D was available. Viewing call -related inform ation Y our ph one rec ords info rmation ab out the 1 0 most recent missed, recei ved , and dialed calls (1 0 entrie s fo r each type of call). T o view call lo g entrie s: 1. Pre ss Menu - 2 ( Call lo g ). 2. Scroll to the type of call for which you want to view call-related information ( Misse d ca lls , Re ceived call s , or Diale d calls ), then p ress Select . 3. If a phone book entry or phone number is displayed: ⢠press to dial the number , or â¢p r e s s Opti on s to view the associated details of the call or work with the number .
[ 30 ] Note: If the call log is empty , No numbers is displayed. T IP : Y ou can also access the last 1 0 dialed numbers by p ressin g then use the roller to scroll through the list. Press and hold the roller to redial the number , or press Opt ions to work with the en try . Call-relate d info rmation option s The following option s are available for call log entries: ⢠Cal l - Redials the n umber displayed. ⢠Cal l t i me - Displays the date and tim e when the call was first connected (if clock has been set). ⢠Edit numb er - Allows you to edit the number in th e call log. ⢠Save - Allows you to qu ickly add the number to your phone book. ⢠Add t o name - Allows you to save the number to a n existing phone book entry . ⢠Erase - Erases the nu mber from the call list (does not erase the number fr om your phone book, if it exists there). ⢠View number - Wh en lo g entry m atche s a numbe r in you r phon e book , this option permits you to view the number associated with the ph one book entry (this option appears only if the n umber is stored in the phone book and a n ame is associated with it). Press the Opti ons selection key to view any of th e above options for an entry in th e call log. Clear call lists This feature allows you to clear numbers from an y one of th e call lists, or all call lists simultaneously . T o clear the call list(s): 1. Pre ss Menu 2-4 ( Call lo g - Clear call lis ts ). 2. Scroll to Al l ca lls , Mi sse d c alls , Diale d ca lls , or Receiv ed cal ls , and press OK ( All c alls will clear all call lists, while the others clear their respective call lists) . IMPO RT ANT : Y ou cann ot undo this operation.
[ 3 1 ] Call log Note: When the Dialed calls list is cleared, it in cludes the sh ortcut to this list acc essed when you press and r oll with the r o ller . ⢠Other call log options Call timers This menu f eature is used to di splay the call duration of the Las t call placed, and All call s made sin ce the phone was reset by the user . The Life ti mer displays duration of all calls for the lif e of the ph one (and cannot be reset). The phone can also display the call timer for the current call w hile in a call; when th e call is completed, the timer displays the f inal call length. Press to clear the tim er from t he display . T o display/h ide curren t call timer : 1. Pre ss Menu 2-5-1 ( C all log - Ca ll tim ers - Last c all ); pr ess Deta il s (or wa it 2 se conds ). 2. Pre ss Select ; scroll to either On or Off , and press OK . Clear call timers This feature clears all call tim ers (excep t for the life timer) for your phone. Note: This action cannot be un done. T o clear all call timers: 1. Pre ss Menu 2-5-4 ( C all log - Cal l t ime rs - Clear tim ers ). 2. Pre ss OK (or wait 3 se conds). 3. Enter your security code (see page 5 8), and press OK to clear timers.
[ 32 ] 9. V oice messages V oice Mail is a feature that enables those w ho call you to leave a voice message, in the event you are unable to answer y our phone. Using your phone in con junction with your service providerâÂÂs voice mail system, y ou can retrieve your mess ages at any time. When you recei ve a voice mess age, New voice messag e will appear on the display (along with the icon), and youâÂÂll hear a shor t be ep. If youâÂÂve received m ore than one m essage, your phon e will indicate th e number of new voice messages received. Setting u p your voice m ailbo x Before you c an retrieve any voice me ssages, you need to store your voice mailbox number in your phone. If your service pr ovider has not already done this for you, they should provide you with inf ormation needed to access your voicemail. T o store you r voice m ailbox number : â¢P r e s s Menu 1-4-2 . Enter you r voice mailbox n umber and press OK . (This number can be u p to 32 digits long). Greetings , pa sswords , and prompts These may vary in different wireless systems. Y our service provider should have provi de d you wi th informatio n re garding h ow to reco rd your greetin g or how to store your password, in addition to inform ation on how to listen to voice messages (once youâÂÂve connected to your voice mailbox). Listening to your voice mes sages If New voice message is displayed, just press Li ste n and follow th e prompts. If you âÂÂd rather lis ten to your messages later , press Exi t . Y ou can listen to messages anytime if you pr ess and hold (or press , then pr ess ) . Or if you prefer , you ca n access your voice mailbox by press ing Men u 1- 4- 1 .
[ 33 ] Profiles 1 0. Profiles Y our ph one has various ways of notifying you of incoming ca lls, voice and text messa ges, reminders and warnings. The various settings relating to th e audible, visible and vibr ating alerts are stored as "pro files" i n your phone. These profiles can be recalled quickly , based on the s etting or environment in which you fi nd yo urse lf. The fol lowin g custo mizable profil es are available : Norma l , Silent , Meeting , Out doo r , and Pa g e r . In addition, your ph one has special profiles that are r ecalled when you plug in the optional headset, use the optional car kit, or use the hands free desktop char ging stand ( Hea dset and Hands free ). Co nnec ting your phone to these device s automatically enables these profiles. Normal is the default setting. However , you can switch to another profile as described in th e next section. For more inf ormation on customizing a profile, see âÂÂCus tomizing a profileâ on page 50. ⢠Selecting another profile 1. At the Start scr een, pres s the key mom entarily . 2. Scroll to the profi le to that you want to use. 3. Pre ss th e Nav i roller to select th e profile. Note: Use the Si le nt profile to silen ce the r inger on your phone. T IP : Y ou can also access the profiles list by pressing Menu , scrolling to the Prof iles menu , then pre ssing the Na vi roller .
[ 34 ] 1 1 . Advanced calling features Once you have familiarized you rself with the basic features of your phone, you may wan t to co nsid er th e fo llowi ng fe at ures to incr eas e you r p rodu ctiv ity and enhan ce your callin g exper ience. ⢠Exploring the In -call menu options Y our phone provides you with a number of features an d options while you are in a call. Press th e Opti on s selection key while in a call to dis play the following in-call menu options: The fol lowi ng can be per formed wh ile a ca ll is act ive: Se nd t ouc h ton es When you press th e key s dur ing a call, your p hone ge nerates sou nds know n as t ouch tones . Use to uch tones to acc ess many auto mated , over -the- pho ne servi ces such as voice mail, ch eckin g airline arrival/ depar ture times, and bank balanc es. Y ou m ust be on an active c all to send t ouch tones. Choice What i t does Se nd t ouch tones Sends a series of to uch tones (either stored in the ph one book, or entered from the keypad). Send flash Sends a flash command to the network (either st ored in the phone boo k, or entered from th e keypad). New call Allows you to initiate a new call for 3-w ay calling. End all c alls Ends all a ctive ca lls (ma inly for c all-waiti ng/3-w ay calling). Phone book Allows you to access your phone bo ok and all related menus. Men u Use d to ac cess y our pho neâÂÂs menu . Mute Use d to mute th e phone âÂÂs micropho ne.
[ 35 ] A dvanced callin g features T o sen d a series of touc h-tones to the wireless system: 1. While in a call, press Opti ons . 2. Select Send touch tones. 3. Enter the string of touch tones to be sen t via the keypad and press To n e s , OR: Press Find , select the appropriate touch tone string s aved in your phone book, press Select , then press To n e s . Note: T ouch ton es are s ometimes r eferred to as D TMF tones. Send flash This option allows you to send various types of commands to the wireless network (for example, tr ansferring a call to another n umber). Consult your service provider for more information on how to use thi s feature. End all cal ls This option allows you to end all active and waiting calls sim ultaneously . Pressing the key du ring a 3-way call also ends all calls. New cal l This option is used to initiate a 3rd call for 3 -way calling. Select th is op ti on , e nte r the n ew pho n e num ber , th en pr es s Call . Press to connect the new call to the call already in progress. Accessing P hone book an d M enu Use these 2 options to access your phone book, or the phoneâÂÂs menus. After selecting ei ther of these 2 option s from the in call me nu, use the Phone book or phoneâÂÂs menus as you normally w ould. Note: Not all of the Menus and Phone book options are available du ring a call ( for example you cannot add a voice tag to a number while you have an a ctive call).
[ 36 ] Muti ng/u nmut in g the mi croph one Y ou can mute an d unmute your phoneâÂÂs microphone while a ca ll is in progress. When your micr ophone is muted, you can still he ar the other caller . 1. Pre ss Optio ns . 2. Scroll to Mute , th en pre ss Select . 3. T o un mute th e micr ophone, p ress Unmute . 4. Muting and unmuting a lso affects the microphon es of any accessories connected to the ph one. Anykey answer When this feature is turned on, you can answer an incoming call by briefly pressi ng any k ey (while th e sliding cove r is open) except th e Silent se le ct ion key , or . T o enab le/d isab le A nyke y ans wer: 1. Pre ss Menu 4-2-1 ( Setti ngs - Call setting s - Any key an swer ). 2. Scroll to either Off or On , and press Select . ⢠Caller ID This is a network service that helps identify incoming ca lls. Contact your service provider for de tails and availability . When C aller ID is activ e, you r phon e may disp lay the c alle râÂÂs phone n umber . The callerâÂÂs name may also display if their n ame and number has been stored in the ph one book or if the wireless network supports it. Call- caller ID unavailab le will display when the wireless network doesnâÂÂt recognize the calling number . Also, Call -ca lle r ID bl ock ed may display if the calling party has blocked caller ID. Note: If you ha ve stored a number m ore than once in your ph one book, and that number is stored each time w ith a differ ent na me, th en a name wil l not ap pear when som eone calls from that number . See âÂÂPhone bookâ on page 25 for details on your phone book.
[ 37 ] A dvanced callin g features ⢠Call for warding This network service allows you to forwar d your incoming calls to a nother number (for example, your h ome or office phone number). Contact your service provider f or more details, and for the pr oper activation codes. Y ou can sele c t one of the f ollowing forwarding modes: ⢠Forward al l calls - a l l voice calls are forwar ded and no ringing ton e is played at an incoming call. ⢠Forward call s if number busy - voice calls are forwar ded whe n your number is busy . ⢠Forward call s if not answered - voice calls are f orwarded when you donâÂÂt answer a call within the preset time-out. ⢠Forward ca lls if out of r each or pho ne i s of f - voice calls are forwarded when you r phone is switched off or outside of the network service area. ⢠Cancel all call f orwarding - a ll call forwardin g options ar e cancelled. For each of the above modes you can select Activa te (turns for warding on if allowed by the network) and Can ce l (turns forwarding off). For more information on activating this service, see â Networ k feature settingâ on page 9 1, and âÂÂC all forwardingâ on page 9 1. ⢠Call waiting This network service lets you receive an incoming call when youâÂÂre already in a call. (Contact your service provider for availability .) The phone beeps to let you know of the in coming call. T o answe ring a wai ting call: Press the key (or the Answe r selection key) to automatically plac e the current active call on hold and answer th e new call.
[ 38 ] T o r eje ct a wa it in g c al l Either let the phone r ing, or pr ess the Quit selection ke y . T o switch be tween the 2 calls â¢P r e s s . T o end the a ctive call Simply allow th e other party to hang up; the call on hold then becomes the active call. O R: 1. Press while in the active call. 2. The n etwork will cause the call on hold to call your phone. Answer this as y ou would any n ormal incoming c all. ⢠Send own caller ID with next call This feature allows you to block caller ID when you call some one (your number will n ot be displayed on their caller I D). This feature works on a per-call basis. Contact your service pr ovider for more de tails. Note: This feature is on ly effective wh en calling to a number that is equipped w ith Caller ID. Note: This feature is avai lable only wh en supported by the w ireless network, and may not function if you are roaming. For more i nformation on activating and using this service, se e âÂÂNetwork feature settingâ on page 9 1, and â Send own caller ID whe n callingâ o n page 93. ⢠3-w ay confer ence cal ls This network service allows you to talk to two peo ple at the same time . Note: Check with your ser vice provider to make sure this service is available in your network. 1. Make a call to th e first participant as usu al. 2. When youâÂÂre ready to place a call to the third party , enter the num b er and press .
[ 39 ] A dvanced callin g features 3. Press again to connect both parties. 4. To end the call, press . This will disconnect both parties. I f you only wish to disconn ect with one party , have the other party terminate the call on his/her end. T IP : Y ou can also dial the third party from th e phone book. W hile in the call, press Opti on s , scroll to Pho ne boo k . Press the roller twice. Scroll to the desired entry and press the roller . Scroll to the desired number (if necessary), then pr ess and hold the roller to d ial the call. Placi ng one of the par ties o n hold While all three parties ar e connected, pressing th e key places the 2nd party to join on hold. Pressing a third time returns the 2nd party to the conversation while putting the 1st party on hold. Note: Once you place on e of the parties on h old, you are u nable to rejoin all three parties in the con ference call. ⢠Autom atic redial If automatic redial is turned on, your phone m akes up to four attempts to connect the call when the system (not th e number dialed) is bu sy . T o tu rn on automatic redial: 1. Pre ss Menu 4-2-2 ( Setti ngs - Call setti ngs - Automatic red ial ). 2. Highlight On , th en pr ess Select . If the system is busy , you may hear a quick bu sy signal. T o stop the ph one from redial ing, press . Note: Automatic redial works when th e wireless network is busy . Y our phone will not redial to a phone number that is in use. ⢠Calling card If you wish to use a calling card for long distance calls, you must first save your calling card inform ation into your ph one. Y o ur phone is equipped to handle up to 4 calling cards. Calling card Call settings Back None Select 5
[ 40 ] Savi ng calli ng card informat ion 1. Pre ss Menu 4-2-4 . 2. Scroll to the calling card you want to e dit, then pre ss Opti ons . 3. Scroll to Edit , then press OK . 4. Enter your security code (see page 5 8), then pr ess OK . 5. At Dia ling sequ en ce , press Select . Scroll to the dialing sequen ce your card us es, then pre ss Select . 6. En ter ac ces s numb er (u sua lly the 1-80 0 nu mber li sted on the b ack of the calling card), th en press OK . 7. Enter your card n umber and/or PIN , then pre ss OK . Y our phone displays Save changes? Press OK . 8. Scroll to Card name , th en pre ss Select . Enter the card name us ing your phoneâÂÂs keypad, then press OK . Note: This procedure might n ot work with all calling cards. Please look at the bac k of your calling card or contact your long distance comp any for m ore i nfo rma ti on. Dia ling s equen ce Use fo r car ds tha t requ ire you to: Card s u si ng this seq ue nce Access num ber phone number ca rd number Dial 1-80 0 acce ss number , the n phone nu mber , then card number ( PI N if required) MCI, AT & T True Choice, Sprint Can ad a, U nit el Access num ber ca rd number phone number Dial 1-80 0 acce ss number , the n card numbe r ( PI N if required) , then ph one num ber network MCI, WorldPhone MCI, AT & T Prefix phone number ca rd number Di al t he pref ix ( any num ber s th at must p reced e the ph one number) and phone n umber y ou want to dial, then card number ( PIN if required) V erizon, P acBe ll, AT & T, S t e n t o r
[ 4 1 ] A dvanced callin g features Choosin g a call ing car d to use Use Men u 4-2-4 to sele ct a call ing card to use. Y ou will be requi red to enter your security code. Making calling car d calls After you have sa ved your calling card info rmation in your phone, you can make a c all using your calling card. 1. Enter the phon e number , including any prefix (such as 0 or 1) that your calling card may require when you make a calling card call. See your calling card for instructions. 2. Press and hold for a few seconds until your phone displays Car d c all . 3. Y our phone displays W ait for to ne, th en pre ss OK . When you he ar the tone or system message, press OK . 4. Y our phone displays W ait for t one, press O K agai n . When y ou hear the tone or system message, press OK . ⢠V oice dialing Y ou can dia l up to 1 0 of your phone bookâÂÂs stored numbers using th e voice dialing feature. Before you can plac e a ca ll using voice dialing, you must first assign a voice "tag" to the numbe r . Assigni ng a vo ice tag to a phone numb er Y ou can create a voice "tag" (such as a personâÂÂs name), for up to 1 0 phone book entries, th en dial the number using the V oice dialing f eature (see âÂÂDialing a n umber using voice diali ngâ on page 43). Ass igning a voic e tag to an ent ry 1. At the Start screen , press the roller . Scroll to the desired phone book entry , and press the r oller . 2. Highlight the phone number to w hich you want to add a voice tag and press Optio ns .
[ 42 ] 3. Scroll to Add v oice tag and press Select . (The phone displays Pre ss Sta r t, the n s pe ak af te r th e ton e ). 4. Pre ss Start , and after the tone, speak the voice tag clearly into the phoneâÂÂs microphone. Note: If recording is not successful, your p hone asks if you want to try again. Press Ye s to try again or Qui t to exit. The message V oice tag saved is displaye d upon com pletion of the record ing process. The icon n ext to a ph one number de notes that a voice tag exists for this n umber . Impor tant not es about voice tags: ⢠The voice tag can be no longer than 2 seconds in length. ⢠The voice tag is r eplayed immediately after recording as confirmation. ⢠The recording process stops automatically; pr essing Quit aborts the recording attempt. ⢠For best results, choose a quiet location wh en creating the voice tag (avoiding those areas with backgro und noise). ⢠Unique tags a re rec ogniz ed mo re accurate ly . Co nsi der us ing fir st and la st nam e, or fi rst name, las t name , and numb er ty pe (e.g . mo bil e, ho me, work , etc .) wh en tagg in g a number . For ex am ple, " John S mith, w ork ." ⢠A void pau ses or silence as you record the voice tag. ⢠If the voice tag memory is fu ll, the phone displays Era s e a n ex ist in g voi ce t ag? If so, press OK , scroll to locate a tag to erase, the n press Erase . ⢠Deleting a phone number erases any associated voice tags. Wa r n i n g ! Do not use a voice tag for dialing emergency num bers. In emergencies, stress causes changes in your voice, wh ich may keep the phone from recogn izing your voice com man d.
[ 43 ] A dvanced callin g features Dialing a nu mber using voice dialing 1. At the Sta rt sc reen, pres s an d h old t he Names selection key for 2 seco nds. A tone is h eard and Please sp eak now is displayed. 2. After th e tone, c learly speak the voice tag that yo u recorded prev iously into the m icrophone. Note: If the voice tag is not recognized by the phone (or if you fail to speak a tag within 3 seconds after the tone), the message Name no t re cogn ized will be dis play ed, an d then you ar e ret ur ned to the Start screen. 3. When the voice tag is recognized: ⢠the phone book entry will be displayed on t he screen for 3 seconds AN D ⢠the voice tag is replayed (via the ear piece). ⢠After 3 seconds, the n umber is dialed. T IP : When the h eadset is connected, pressing the headset bu tton mome ntarily at th e Start screen ha s the sam e effect as pressin g Names for 2 seconds. The alert ton es will play through the h eadset. Speak the voice tag into the headset microphone. The voice tag will playback through the headset to confirm your choice. W orkin g with an existing voice tag Y ou can listen to an ex isting voice tag (in case you f orgot what you recorded), re-record a voice tag, or er ase an existing tag. 1. At the Start scr een, pr ess the Names selection key . Scroll to Vo i c e ta gs and press the roller . Note: This option displays a list of only those names/numbers that have been assign ed a voice tag. 2. Scroll to the ph one number whose voice tag you want to edit, th en press Optio ns . 3. Scroll to either Pla yba ck , Cha ng e , or Erase , an d press t he roller . Note: If you chose Cha ng e , pre ss Sta r t to begin re-recor ding. The new tag that is recorded replaces the old information.
[ 44 ] ⢠1-touch d ialing When a phone number is assigned to one of the number keys (2 to 9), you can call the phone number in either of the following ways: ⢠Press the corresponding number key (2 to 9) and press . ⢠If the me nu func tion 1-touch dia ling is turne d on (Menu 4-2- 3), pre ss and hold the cor responding number key until th e call is start ed. Note: is pr e-assigned to dial your voice mailbox n umber . Setting up 1-to uch dialin g If yo u want t o assign a n umber to on e of th e num ber k eys (2 -8), do th e following: 1. Pre ss Names . 2. Scroll to 1-touch dialin g and press the roller . 3. Scroll to the de sired number key (key 2 to key 9 ), and press Assig n . Note: If a phone num ber is already ass igned to a key , the ph one book entry name is displayed and th e left s election key is Opti ons . 4. Enter the phone number m anually , or pr ess Find to locate a phone book entry . 5. Select the desire d name or e ntry from the phone book. I f more th an 1 number is stor ed for that entry , scr oll to the desired number and press Select . 1-touch dialin g optio ns Y ou can change or erase (clear) numbers assigned to 1-t ouch dialing, view the number assigned to a key , or call from th e 1-touch di aling menu. 1. Pre ss Names . 2. Scroll to 1-touch dialin g and press the roller . 3. Scroll to the de sired number key (key 2 to key 9 ), and press Opti ons . 4. Scroll to either Cal l , Cha ng e , Erase , or View nu mber and press Select .
[ 45 ] A dvanced callin g features ⢠Phone book enhan cements Multipl e numbers per pho ne book entry The ph oneâÂÂs in ternal ph one b ook allow s you to sto re multiple phone n umbers per name, as we ll as an e-mail address, street address, and tex t notes. Y ou can store up to 5 numb ers per na me . The fi rst nu mber saved under a nam e is automatically set as the primar y number for the nam e. For mo re info rmation on primary numbers, see âÂÂPrimary numberâ on page 46. Adding a ne w nu mber to a n am e 1. From the Start screen, press the roller . Scr oll to the phone book entry you want to edit, and press Opt ions . 2. Scroll to Add number , and press the roller . 3. Scroll to General , Mo bi le , Home , Wo r k , or Fa x , and press the roller . Note: Y ou can later ch ange the n umber type by using the Change Ty pe option in the option list. 4. Enter the number and press OK to sa ve it. Edit ing a n umber 1. From the Start screen, press the roller . Scr oll to the phone book entry you want to edit, and press the roller . 2. Scroll to the num ber you wish to edit and pr ess the roller . 3. Scroll to Edit number an d press t he roller . 4. After m aking changes to the n umber , press OK . Era sing a num ber 1. From the Start screen, press the roller . Scr oll to the phone book entry you want to edit, and press the roller . 2. Scroll to the number you wish to erase and press the roller . 3. Scroll to Erase number and press the roller .
[ 46 ] 4. Pre ss OK to confirm your choice. Wa r n i n g ! Once an entry is erased, it cannot be recovered. Primary n umber The fir st number stored wit h a name is de signated as th e "prim ary numbe r ," and is the number dialed when pressin g and holding the r oller on the selected name/phone book entry . If you h ave multiple number s s tored in a phone book en try , you can designate any of the othe r numbers as the primary number: 1. From the Start screen, press the roller . Scr oll to the phone book entry you want to edit, and press the roller . 2. Highlight the number you wish to designate as the pr imary number and press the roller . 3. Scroll to Set as primary no. and press the roller . Note: The primary number is always the f irst number displayed when viewing the de tails of a phone book entry . Changing a number type When you add a ne w number to an existin g phone book en try , you can specify what type of number you are entering at that time ( Gener al , Mobi le , Home , Work , or Fa x ). If you need to chan ge the number ty pe: 1. At the Start screen , press the roller . Select the phone book entry to edit, and press the roller . 2. Pre ss Optio ns . Scroll to Ch ange type and press the roller . 3. Scroll and highlight the n ew number type . Press the roller to confirm your new selection.
[ 47 ] A dvanced callin g features Saving text info rmation Y ou can store text information (such as E-mail address, postal address, or a personal no te) with each phone book entry . Adding a text i tem to a nam e 1. From the Start screen, press the roller . Scr oll to the phone book entry you want to edit, and press Opt ions . 2. Scroll to Add te xt and press the roller . 3. Scroll to either E-mail , Addr ess , or Note , an d press the roller . 4. E nte r th e te xt ( f or ex am pl e, an e- ma il ad dr es s), the n pr ess OK . Note: Y ou may not be able to save multiple e-mail a ddresses, postal addresses or text notes, due to your phone b ookâÂÂs memory . Searching the p hone book 1. Pre ss Names , scroll to Find and press the roller . 2. Enter the first character(s) of the name you want to fi nd an d p res s Find . 3. Scroll to the correct name and press the roller to view ph one nu mber( s). Quick Find: At the Sta rt Screen, press the roller and enter the first few character(s) of the desired name. Scr oll to the desired en try and press th e roller to view the phone number(s) or other details. Phone bo ok scroll vi ew Y ou can ch ange the way you view the phone bookâÂÂs information fr om th e default Nam es lis t (sh owing an a lphabetized list of entries) to Name and numbe r (displays the name and the prima ry number). T o change the ph one bookâÂÂs scrolling vie w: 1. At the Start scr een, press Names . 2. Scroll to Opti ons and pr ess the roller .
[ 48 ] 3. Select Phone b ook vie w . 4. Scroll to select the desired view and press the roller . ⢠Caller groups Y ou can set the phone to sound a specific rin ging tone and fl ash a gra phic (picture) on the display when you receive a call from a particular name and phone nu mber . T o do this, first include th e name and n umber in the desired caller group. Then, select a ringing tone and graphic for this group. Note: Y ou can set the phone to ring only upon calls from n ames and numbers that belong to a specific caller gr oup. See â Advanced calling featuresâ on page 34. Addin g a name a nd phone nu mber to a caller g roup 1. Once you have recalled the desired name an d number from the phone book, press Opti ons . 2. Scroll to Caller gro ups , a nd p ress the roller . 3. Scroll to the de sired caller group (for e xample Fa m i l y ), and press the roller . Set ting a ri nging tone an d grap hic for a calle r gr oup 1. Pre ss Names . 2. Scroll to Caller gro ups and pr ess the roller . 3. Scroll to one of th e caller groups and press the roller . 4. Scroll to one of th e following f unctions and p ress the roller . ⢠Rename grou p Enter the new name for the caller gr oup and press OK . ⢠Gro up rin ging tone Scroll to the desired tone and press OK . Def ault is the tone selected for the curren tly selected profile.
[ 49 ] A dvanced callin g features ⢠Gro up gra ph ic Scroll to On , Off , View , Send grap hic (sent via SMS) , and press Select . ⢠Gro up Membe rs Press Select to view group mem bers. To add or remove a member , press Optio ns , then select Add name or Remove nam e . 5. If you selected Send gra phi c (sent via SMS ), enter the recipientâÂÂs phone number or recal l it from p hone book and press OK . Note: Y ou can also receive graphics via SMS. Once you receive a new graphic, scroll to View graphic or Save gra ph ic and press OK . If yo u s ele cted Save graphic , select the desired caller group and press OK . â¢M e m o r y s t a t u s Y ou can check what pe rcentage of the phoneâÂÂs i nternal memory is in use and how much memory is still unoccupied. 1. Pre ss Names . 2. Scroll to Opti ons and press the roller . 3. Scroll to Memory status and press the roller . The bar graph displayed is a visual representation of the percentage of th e phoneâÂÂs memory that is in use vs. available memory . The actual percentage of free and used mem ory is also displayed numerically .
[ 50 ] 12. Customize your phone ⢠Customi zing the Navi ro ller Pressing the roller at the Start screen activates the Roller menu . As a default, th e Rol ler menu provides ac cess to your ph one book. Y ou can chan ge the Roller menu to provide access to any of the following optional menus: Quick Menu (allows you quick access to Mes sa g e s , Calendar , To - d o l i s t , Prof il es , Setti ngs , Pho ne book , and Full menu ), 1-touch di aling , an d th e Prof il es menu . Chang ing ro lle r funct ion 1. At the Star t scree n, press Menu 4-3-4 ( Se tti ng s - Ph one set tin gs - Roll er f unc tion ), then pres s Select (or wa it for 3 seco nd s). 2. Scroll to the desired me nu and press Select (or press the roller ). ⢠W orking with profiles Even thou gh you r phon e comes pr e-conf igured with ma ny diff eren t profile s to match your business and n on-business environments, you can modify the existing pr ofiles to better su it your needs. Customiz ing a pr ofil e 1. Press once. 2. Scroll to one of the following profiles: Normal (default) , Silent , Meeti ng , Out door , Pa g e r , Hand s free , or He ads et and press Opti ons . Note: If phone is connected to car kit, h ands free desktop char ging stand, or headset, access to profiles is available via the Profiles menu on ly . 3. Select Custo mize and press OK .
[ 5 1 ] Customize your phone 4. Scroll to the settin g you want to customi ze (for ex ample, Ri ngi ng to ne ) and press the roller . 5. Scroll to the option you want and press OK . Settin gs you can customize Ringin g option Defines how the phone notifie s you of an incoming voice call. The option s are : Rin g , Asc en di n g , Ri ng onc e , Beep onc e , an d Sile nt . Note: If the ringing option is set to Silent , n o ringing ton e, m essage alert tone, keypad tones, warning ton es, or game ton es will be heard. Ringing tone Sets the ringing ton e for voice calls. T here are 35 to choose from, which will play as you scroll through the list. Ringin g volum e Sets the volume level for ringing and message alert tones. Mess age al ert t one Sets the ringing tone type for text messages. Key p a d t o ne s Sets the volume level for keypad tones or turns the keypad tones off. Wa r n in g t o n e s T urns warning and confirma tion tones on or of f. For example, when turned on, th e p ho ne s ou nds a warn ing ton e w he n th e b at ter y is runn ing out of p ower . Accept ed caller gr oups Allows you to have the phone aler t you only when a member of a selected calling group is calling.
[ 52 ] Vibrat in g al ert If you are using the optional vibratin g battery , you can set your phone to vibrate on an incoming voice call. Note: The vibrating alert d oes not work when the ph one is connected to a ch arger or desktop stand. Autom atic answ er (H and sfree and He adse t profil es only) Sets the phone to answer an in coming voice call after one ring. Note: This functio n can only be used w hen your phone is con nected to a headset, to the h ands free desktop ch arging stand, or to a car kit equipped w ith the ignition sense option, with the ign ition on. Ligh ts (in Han ds free pr ofile only) T urns the display and keypad lights o n or off. Renam ing profiles Y ou can rename any pr ofile exce pt Normal , Hand sfree , an d Headset . 1. Pre ss Menu , scroll with th e roller to Prof iles and press the roller . 2. Scroll to the profi le you want to r ename and press Opti on s . 3. Scroll to Rena me and press OK . 4. Press and hold Clear to er ase the exis ting name, th en en ter the ne w name and press OK . For in format ion about en tering letter s, see page 23. ⢠Display options Setting th e displa y langua ge Y ou can us e th e Language menu (4-3 - 1) to sele ct the language for your phoneâÂÂs display . Y ou can ch oose from the followin g languages: English, French, Spanish, P ortuguese, Hebrew , and Russian. Language setting also affects the time and date formats of the following functions: A larm clock ( Menu 4- 1- 1 ), Clock ( Menu 4- 1-2 ) and Calendar ( Menu 8 ), as w ell as enable s the s pecial ch aracte r set (for text en try) unique to th e language sele cted.
[ 53 ] Customize your phone Display contrast T o adjust the contrast of the phoneâÂÂs LCD display , press Menu 4- 3-5 ( Setti ngs-P hone set tings-D ispl ay contr ast ), and use the roller to adjust the contrast. Pre ss OK to s ave the new settin g. Displaying the current call timer The current call timer displays the approximate running time of the call you a re currently on. T o display t he curr ent call t imer : 1. Pre ss Menu 2-5-1 , th en pr ess Detai ls (or wa it for 3 secon ds ). 2. Pre ss Select and scroll to either Off or On . Press OK to confirm your choice. During a call, you r phone displays the elapsed time of the cu rrent call. Upon completion of th e call, the timer will show the final call time. Pressing th e key c lears the tim er and returns you to the Start sc reen. â¢C l o c k Y our phon e cont ains a real- time clock that is integr ated into other fun ctions of your phone. The clock will display th e curren t time on the Start screen. Y ou can also choose to hide the clock if you prefer . See " Displaying or hiding the clock" on page 54. Note: Y o ur phone also features an alarm clock. See "Alarm clo ck" on page 75 for details. Setting the ti me 1. Press Menu 4-1-2 ( Settings - Time settings - Clock ), and p ress Select (or wai t 3 sec onds). 2. Scroll to Se t the tim e , and press the roller .
[ 54 ] 3. Enter the current time, then press OK (time will appear in hh:m m ). 4. Select am or pm and press OK . Selecting a time form at 1. Pre ss Menu 4-1-2 ( Setti ngs - Time se tting s - Cloc k ), and press Select (or wa it 3 sec onds ). 2. Scroll to Time fo rmat , and pr ess the roller . 3. Scroll to either 24-ho ur or am/pm and press the roller . Displaying or hidin g the clock 1. Pre ss Menu 4-1-2 ( Setti ngs - Time se ttings - Cloc k ), and press Select (or wa it 3 se conds ). 2. Depen ding on the cu rrent settings, either Hi de cl ock or Show clock will be highlighted. 3. Pre ss Select . â¢W e l c o m e n o t e Y ou ca n us e the We l c o m e n o t e menu (4 -3-3) to cr eate a brief m essage (up to 44 characters) that displays briefly ever y time the phone is switched on. ⢠Restore fa ctory settings Y ou can us e th e Resto re facto ry setting s menu ( Menu 4 - 6 ) to restore your phone back to its origina l configuration, without affecting the phone book, language settings or timers. Note: Y ou will be require d to enter you r Security code before restorin g the factory settings.
[ 55 ] Customize your phone ⢠Disable/enable the active slide Y ou can disable the active slide feature in th e event you don âÂÂt wish to answer or en d calls using th e slide. 1. Pre ss Menu 4-3-6 ( Setti ngs - Pho ne setti ngs - Sl id e set ti n g ). 2. Pre ss Select . Scroll to Off or On an d press the roller . Note: If you disable the active slide, closing or opening the cover w ill no longe r activate or deactivat e K eygua rd. If you wish to use Ke y guard with the active slide deactivated, you must manual ly enable and disable keyguard.
[ 56 ] 13. Security settings ⢠K eypad lock (K eyguard) With keyp ad loc k (keygu ard) you can temporaril y lock you r phon eâÂÂs keyp ad to prevent the keys from be ing accidentally pressed (for ex ample, wh en the phone is in your pocket or in your purse). To l o c k t h e k e y p a d : ⢠Close the sliding cover and press Lo ck Key s . appears at the top of the display . To u n l o c k t h e k e y p a d : ⢠Open the slidin g cover . If yo u want to l ock the keys withou t closin g the slide, press Menu fo llowe d by (within th ree seconds). To unlock the keypad, pre ss Unlock followed b y either (within th ree seconds), or OK . It is possible to answer a call, eve n though keygu ard is activated (see â An swering a call â on page 20). Wh en the call has ended, keyguard will reactivate only if you used the Answe r selection key or . Note: Calls may be possible to the emer gency number progr ammed into your phone (for example, 9 1 1 or other official emergency number ). ⢠Phone lock This feat ure protec ts your phon e from un autho rized outgo ing calls or unauthor ized access to informat ion stor ed in the ph one. When activated, Ph one loc ke d will b e disp layed e ach tim e you t urn you r phon e o n or of f. Wh en you pre ss ei ther Name s or Menu , you wil l be prompte d fo r your l ock code. Once your lock cod e has been accep ted , your ph one will functi on no rma l ly . Note: Cal l not allowe d will be displayed if you attempt to place a call while ph one is locked.
[ 57 ] Security s ettings Activating and deacti vating phon e lock Press Menu 4-4-2 -1 ( Setti ngs - S ecuri ty set ti ngs - Ac cess code s - Pho ne lock ). Enter the lock code then press OK . T hen scroll to On or Off , and press OK . Complete the phone lock ac tivation or deactiva tion by turning your phone off and back on. When y our pho ne is locke d, calls may be p ossible t o the e merge ncy n umber program med into your pho ne (e.g. 9 1 1 or other official e mergen cy number ). Y o u can also store a number in the Allowed number when phon e locked loc ati on, w hich allows you t o ca ll thi s n umbe r eve n tho ugh you r pho ne is lock ed (For mo re d etai ls, se e âÂÂS torin g th e allo we d pho ne nu mber â on pag e 57) . Answe ring a call with phone lock on Press any key except and . Allowed num ber when p hone locked W hen the ph on e lo ck is on , no c al ls ca n be ma de. Bu t if you s tor e a nu mber in the allowed number location, y ou ca n m a k e a c a l l t o t ha t nu m b er w hi l e the phon e is lo cked. Stor ing the a ll owed phon e numb er 1. Pre ss Menu 4-4- 2-2 ( Setti ngs - Secu rity sett ing s - Acces s co des - Allow ed numb er w hen p hone locked ). 2. Enter lock code and press OK. 3. Enter phone n umber at Number: (or pre ss Find and recall th e number from the phone book) and press OK . Calli ng the allowe d phone number Note: Y our phone m ust be locked via the ph one lock to use th is feature. Roll the roller either up or down. The allowed number will be di splayed. Press to place the call.
[ 58 ] ⢠Acce ss codes These codes m ay only include t he characters 0 t o 9. The phone prompts you t o enter the current code and the ne w code. It also pr ompts you to verify the new code. Note: Avoid using access codes s imilar to the emergency numbers, such as 9 1 1, to pr event accidental dialling of the emer gency number . Security code Y our ph one will pr ompt you for a f ive digit sec urity code f or certain featur es. These f eatur es can be use d only after the cor rect secur ity code h as been successfu lly entered. Note: When ente ring your security code, ***** will appear on the display to keep others from vie wing your code. If you make a mistake entering the code, erase the last entered digit by pr ess in g Clear (or press and h old Clear to del ete a ll the d igit s on your display) . Then enter the correct code or press Ba ck to exit the curr ent featur e. If you enter an incorr ect security code ( Code er ror will appear) five times in a row , your phone wonâÂÂt accept any entries f or the next f ive minutes. Y our phoneâÂÂs default secu rity code is 12345 . ItâÂÂs h ighly recommended that you change this code at on ce, wr ite it down, and store it in a safe place away from your phone. Chan ging your se curity code 1. Pre ss Men u 4-4-2- 3 ( Setting s - Sec urity setti ngs - Acc ess code s - Change se curity co de ) and press Select . 2. Enter existing (or def ault) security code and press OK . 3. Enter new 5-di git security code and pr ess OK . 4. Re- enter your new 5-digit security code for ver ification, and press OK . 5. Phone w ill display Securi ty code changed . Note: If you have changed your secu rity code and donâÂÂt remember the new code, contact your service provider . Once you h ave changed your security code, th e default setting is no l onger valid.
[ 59 ] Security s ettings Lock code Y ouâÂÂll need the lock code to act ivate and deactivate Phone Lock, or to change your lock code. T he default l ock code is 1234 . If y ou en te r an incorrect lock code five tim es in a r ow , your phone will pr ompt you for the security code (see page 5 8). Chang ing yo ur lo ck co de In a lock code, on ly numeric char acters are accepted. 1. En ter Menu 4-4- 2 -4 ( Setti ngs - Secu rity setting s - Access c od es - C han ge lo ck c o de ) an d press Select . 2. Enter current (or default) lock code and press OK . 3. Enter new l ock code, press OK . 4. Re- enter new lock code f or verification, press OK . Note: When you change your lock code, mak e sure you store it in a safe place, away from your phone. Avoid entering access codes similar to emergency nu mbers to pr event acciden tal eme rgency calls. ⢠Call restrictions This feature allows you to restrict incoming and outgoing calls. Outgoing calls are restricted from a list of restrictions that you create yourself. Incoming calls are restricted to th e All call s option (you can not create a list of restrictions for incoming calls). Restr icting out going call s Upon selecting Res trict o utg oin g c alls fro m the me nu, you are pres ented with the f ollowing options: ⢠Select allows yo u to sel ect call r estricti ons fr om the outgoi ng calls l ist. Note: This menu option is ava ilable only when one restriction has been en abled. ⢠Add re stri ctio n allows you to create you r own list of outgoing call restriction s.
[ 60 ] Once you have accessed Add r estri cti on and have added at least one restriction, the f ollowing options will be added to the menu for that option: ⢠Edit allows you to edit an existing ou tgoing call restriction. ⢠Erase will erase any existing outgoing call restrictions. Note: When calls are r estricted, calls may be possible to the emerge ncy number progr ammed into your ph one (e.g. 9 1 1 or other official emerge ncy numb ers). Addin g outgo ing call rest riction s Y ou can add up to 1 0 restrictions for outgoi ng calls. The maximum number of cha racters you can enter for each rest riction is 15. 1. Pre ss Menu 4-4-1 ( Setti ngs - Secur ity setting s - Call re st ricti ons ) 2. Select Restrict ou tgoing cal ls . 3. Enter the security code and press OK . 4. Scroll to Add r estri ction to cr eate an outgoing ca ll restriction and press OK . 5. Enter the number string yo u wish to restrict and p ress OK . For ex amp le: ⢠If you wish to restrict all calls that begin w ith 1, enter 1 . ⢠If you wish to restrict all calls that begin with 1972, enter 1972. ⢠If you wish to restrict all calls that begin with 2 14, en ter 2 14. ⢠If you wish to enter a na me for th e call re stri ction, en ter the name using your phoneâÂÂs keypad, then press OK . If a n ame is not e ntered, the number th at is restricted will appear in place of the name. Note: When creating a new restrict ion, that restr iction is au tomatically selected (enabled) at th e time it is saved.
[ 6 1 ] Security s ettings Selecting call restrictio ns 1. Pre ss Menu 4-4-1 ( Setti ngs - Security setti ngs - Call r estri ctio ns ). 2. Scroll to Restr ict outg oing call s or Restr ict incoming calls and press Select . 3. Enter the security code and press OK . 4. Scroll to Select and press OK . 5. Scroll to each r estriction you wish to use a nd press Mark ; pre ss Unmark to deactivate existing restrictions. 6. Pre ss Back and then pr ess Ye s (when prompted Sav e c ha ng es? ). Edit ing cal l restrict ions 1. Pre ss Menu 4-4 -1 ( Setti ngs - Secur ity setting s - Ca ll re st ric tion s ). 2. Scroll to Rest rict out going calls and press Select . 3. Enter the security code and press OK . 4. Scroll to Edit and press Select . 5. Scroll to the restriction you wish to edi t, press Select . Note: If n o na me h as been en tere d f or a re st ric tio n, t he res tric ted number will be displayed. 6. Press and hold Clear to erase entire number , then enter the new characters . Or use the roller to insert additional characters. Press OK when fin ished. 7. Edi t name if desired using same procedure as above. Era sing call restr ictions 1. Pre ss Menu 4-4 -1 ( Setti ngs - Secur ity setting s - Ca ll re st ric tion s ). 2. Scroll to Rest rict out going calls and press Select . 3. Enter the security code and press OK . 4. Scroll to Erase and press Select . 5. Scroll to the restriction you wish to erase, press Select . 6. Pre ss OK again to erase res triction.
[ 62 ] 14. T ext messages Using the Messag es menu (Menu 1 ) and Short Message Service (S MS), you can read, write and send text messages to another phone or to an e-mail address (if supported by your network). Note: T ext messaging is a network-dependent feature. Y ou may be requi red to subscribe to this servic e. Please contact y our servi ce provider for mo re informat ion. ⢠Reading text messages When you have receive d a text m essage, the indi cator and the text: (#) Message(s) receiv ed wil l appear on the display (w here # is the number of new messages received). 1. Pre ss OK to read the messa ge or pres s Exit to view it later . 2. While r eading the message, press Opti ons to scroll th rough the list of message options and press the roller to select the highlighted option. Readi ng unread messag es later/re -readin g messages From the Messag es me nu, press Inb ox . Scroll to the desired m essage and press the roller to read it. Note: in front of the message hea der indicates the message has not been read. in front of th e message header in dicates you have already viewed the messa ge. Message option s The Opti ons sub-menu includes options for reading, erasing, replying, forwarding, or m oving the mess age to the Archiv e folder . ⢠Y ou can also copy th e message to your ph oneâÂÂs calenda r as a remin der note by u sing the Copy to calend ar option.
[ 63 ] T ext mess ages â¢T h e Use num ber option captur es a phone number th at appears in the text message (or from the phone sending the SMS m essage) and provides you with options to Save the number to your phone book, Add t o name (add to existing phone book entry), Send messag e (t o t he n umb er) or Cal l . Abou t mes sage me mory Messages are stored in the followin g locations: ⢠Inbo x - stores new mess ages and read me ssages. ⢠Out box - saves copies of all sen t messages or messages waiting to be sent (in the event th e network is tem porarily unavailable). ⢠Archi ve - use d to file read mess ages and sen t messages for long- term stora ge. A blinking icon indicates the text message me mory is full. B efore you can receive, sa ve, or send an y new messages, yo u must delete older messages fro m your In box , Outbo x , or the Archiv e folder . Erasi n g in div idual text me ssag es 1. Once in the Messages menu, highlight t he m ess age you wish to erase in either the Inbo x , Out box , or Archiv e . 2. Pre ss Optio ns , scroll to Erase and press Select . Pre ss OK to con firm your choice. Era se messa ge opti ons The Message s menu has an option that allows you to erase th e entire contents of your m essages folders as described bel ow . All read - erases all read messages from I nbox (unread messages re ma in intact). Inbo x - e ras es all m essages in this folder . Out box - erases all messages in this folder . Archi ve - erases all messages in th is folder .
[ 64 ] Era sing mess ages in the m essage fo lder s 1. At the Start scr een, press Menu 1-5 ( Mes sa g e s - Erase messages ). 2. Highlight the folder wh ose contents you wish er ased and press OK . 3. Enter your secu rity code and press OK to comple te the erase pr ocess. ⢠Usin g predictive text in put Y our phone offers you a quick way to write text messages via a very highly compressed database of common words (or "dictionary"). When you use the keypad to spell a word, predictive text input tries to anticipate the word you are tr ying to enter , saving you time w hen creating mess ages. Enab ling pre dictive tex t input 1. Begin writing a message. Press the Opti on s key after you have entered the first lette r . 2. Scroll to Dic ti onar y and pr ess the roller . 3. Scroll to select the desired dictionary language, and pr ess the roller . T IP : T o quickly enable or disable predictive text input, press and hold the Options selection key at th e text input display . Note: When predictive tex t input is in u se, the indicator is shown at the top of the display . Note: If you decide n ot to use predictive text in put for writing messa ges, use the same procedur e to select Dicti onary off . Enteri ng text u sing pre dictiv e tex t inpu t 1. Press each key only on ce for each letter (unlike tr aditional text in put). For example, to write â NokiaâÂÂ, press 6-6-5-4-2. Note: Do not pay attention to how the word appears on the display until you have completed the word.
[ 65 ] T ext mess ages 2. If the displayed word is correct, press to ge t a space, then start writing the next word. If the displayed word i s not correct, press to view oth er word options. T o return to th e previous match, press Prev iou s . T IP : T o view the list of matches, pr ess Options, scroll to Next match, th en press the roller . If there is no m atching word, press Insert to enter via traditional text input. See âÂÂAdding a new word to the dictionaryâ on page 66. In se rtin g n um be rs T o enter a number , press and h old the de sired number key . If you wish to switc h to tradition al number in put, press an d hol d the ke y . Upon completion of th e number entry , press and h old the key again to return to predictive text e ntry . Inser ting pun ctuati on symbo ls and specia l charac ters Press to add a punctuation symbol. The phone trie s to predict the correct symbol. T o change the symbol (when the symbols is highlighted), press repeatedly until the desired symbol appears. T o insert a different sym bol or special character , press and hold to enter the list of special characters. Then scroll to the character you want to use and press OK . Dele tin g characte rs and wo rds Press Clea r to delete the character to the left of the cursor . T o delete th e highlighted w ord, press f irst and then press Clear . When the cursor is between two words, press first and then press Cl ea r to delete th e preceding word. Chang ing ch aracte r cas e Press once to change the character ca se (when the cursor is next to a word or within a word).
[ 66 ] Addi ng a new word to th e di ctio nary Y ou will be prompted to add a n ew word to the dictionary (via tr aditional text input) if you try to write a word that does not already exist. 1. Pre ss Spell . Note: Y o u can also access the t raditional text i nput screen by pressing Opti on s , then selecting Edit word . 2. Enter the word via traditional text input (see page 23) and press Save . The word is added to t he dict ionary and to the message yo u are wr iting, and you return to the predictive text in put screen. Y ou ca n add h undreds of wor ds to th e diction ary , depending on th e langua ge used and the length of words added. Notes: ⢠The words not included in the dictionar y and which you accept (even accidentally) while in the predictive text input by pressi ng the roller , by pressing 0, or by deleting space between two words (thus forming a compound word) , will automatically be saved in the dictionary . ⢠When the dictionary becom es full, the m ost recently added w ord will replace the oldest w ord you have pr eviously added. Writin g compou nd word s Instead of writing the whole compou nd word at on ce, you can write its first part, press the roller to accept it, and write the second part. T IP : Y ou can also accept the first par t of the compound word by first adding a space (by pressing 0) and then rem oving the space by pressin g Cl ea r once.
[ 67 ] T ext mess ages ⢠Writin g and sendin g text me ss ages Y ou ca n us e the Messages menu to create and send text messages to another mobile phone, or to an e-ma il addr ess. Y ou ca n als o sa ve a dr aft of your message in the Ar chi v es folder f or later us e. T IP : Since S MS limits the number of characters in the message, a character counter appears in the upper right-hand corner of your phoneâÂÂs display . Writin g and sendi ng a tex t message 1. From the Start screen, press Menu , then press the roller . 2. Scroll to Write message and press the roller . 3. Ent er your mes sag e. For more in formation about entering text, see âÂÂEntering character s via the keypadâ on page 23 , and see âÂÂUsing predictive text inputâ on page 64. 4. To send the me ssa ge, pre ss Optio ns , and then sele ct Send messag e . Enter the ph one number (or pr ess Find to recall a number from the phone book) and th en press Send . T IP : The Messa ge Opti on s menu includes options for sending, saving, or erasing the message you are writing. Writin g and sendi n g an e-m ail me ssage 1. From the Start screen, press Menu , then press the roller . 2. Scroll to Write e-mail and press th e roller . 3. Enter the e-mail address (or pre ss Fi nd to r ecall an address from the phone book) and pr ess OK . 4. Enter a subje ct for your mess age, then pr ess OK . Note: The recipientâÂÂs e-mail address and message su bject appear at the begin ning of the tex t message.
[ 68 ] 5. Ent er your mes sag e. For more in formation about entering text, see âÂÂEntering character s via the keypadâ on page 23 , and see âÂÂUsing predictive text inputâ on page 64. 6. Pre ss Optio ns , then select Send e-mail . Note: Please cont act your s ervice provider in the event you are prompted for the e-mail gateway number . 7. Pre ss Send to sen d the message. A copy of all sen t messages remain in your Outbox. Pr ess Back to return to the Messages m enu, or pres s to r eturn t o the Star t screen. Replying to a message Y our phone allows you to reply to a tex t message with eith er a similar text messa ge, or as an e-ma il message. The origin of the message or the sender âÂÂs wireless network will affect how you reply to the incomin g messa ge. Note: Check with your service provider to see if mobile orig inated e-mail messages are available in your networ k. Re ply in g vi a SM S 1. While viewing a message, press Opti ons . 2. Scroll to Repl y and press the roller . 3. Scroll to one of th e following r eply types and press the r oller: ⢠Empty scr een - gives you an empty text bu ffer . ⢠Orig inal m essag es - o riginal message is included in the reply me ssa ge. ⢠One of the standard answer templates ( includes the ability to edit the answer or add addition al text). Standard answers include: Ye s , No , OK , Thank yo u , Congr atula tions , Hap py bir thd ay , I lo ve yo u to o , Hugs an d kisse s , Sorry , an d So rr y , I âÂÂm l ate . 4. After you write your reply , press Opti ons , and select Send mes sage . Press Send to sen d the message to the displayed number .
[ 69 ] T ext mess ages Re ply in g vi a e- ma il 1. While viewing a message, press Opti ons . 2. Scroll to Reply as e -mail and press the roller . 3. Scroll to one of th e following r eply types and press the r oller: ⢠Empty scr een - gives you an empty text bu ffer . ⢠One of the standard answer templates ( includes the ability to edit the answer or add additional text). Stand ard answers include: Ye s , No, OK, Thank you, Congratulations, Hap py b irthday , I l ove you too, Hugs and kiss es , Sorry , and Sorry , Iâ m late . Note: If the in coming e-mail m essage is improperly formatted, you may be required to re-enter the e-mail address (or press Find to recall an address from th e phone book), th en press OK . 4. Enter a subje ct fo r your me ssage, then pr ess OK . Note: The recipientâÂÂs e-mail address and message su bject appear at the begin ning of the tex t message. 5. Ent er your mes sag e. For more in formation about entering text, see âÂÂEntering character s via the keypadâ on page 23 , and see âÂÂUsing predictive text inputâ on page 64. 6. Pre ss Optio ns , then select Send e-mail . Note: Please cont act your s ervice provider in the event you a re prompted for the e-mail gateway number . 7. Pre ss Send to sen d the message. A copy of all sen t messages remain in your Outbox. Pr ess Back to return to the Messages m enu, or pres s to r eturn t o the Star t screen. For warding m essages Use the Forward or Forward as e-mail options to forward incoming messa ges to oth er us ers. ⢠After you select For ward, see âÂÂWriting and sen ding a text m essageâ on page 67 and follow th e instructions for comple ting the message.
[ 7 0 ] ⢠After yo u sele ct Forwa rd as e-mail , se e âÂÂWriting an d sen ding an e -mail me ss ag eâ on pa ge 67 and follow the instructions for completin g the me ssa ge. Message settings Y ou can assign s everal se ttings to the t ext me ssages you cre ate. T o access the se o pt ions , pr es s Options , scroll t o Message settings , th en pre ss Select . Y our choices are: ⢠Urgent - send s the messa ge as urgent. ⢠Rea d re ceip t - lets you know when the re cipient ha s read your me ssa ge. ⢠Cal lb a ck no . - includes your number in the messa ge so the recipient can easily call you once th ey have received you r message. Assi gning mess age option s 1. Scroll to the desired s etting, and then press Mark . 2. Pre ss Back , and then press Ye s to s ave changes to your message. 3. Scroll up and select Send me ssage (or select one of the other message options). Messages in the Ou tbox If you try to send a text message and the network is unavailable, the outgoing message will be saved in the Outbo x . Viewi n g the mes sage sa ved i n the Out box 1. From th e Messages menu, scroll to Out box an d press t he roller . 2. Scroll to the desired messa ge and press the roller to view it. 3. T o rese nd the me ssage, pr ess Opti on s , select the desired send option ( Sen d me s s ag e , Send e-mail ), and press Send . The Outbox Opt ions includes the same options as the Opti on s list for reading the m essage; however , Rep ly is n ot available.
[ 7 1 ] Y our per sonal assistant 15. Y our personal assistant Did you know that your phone can wake you up in the morning, re mind you of meetings, birthdays, a nd tasks , display the curr ent time, calculate your tip at dinner , and convert currencies? Y our phone has a calendar , to-do list, clock, alarm clock, calendar , an d phone bookâÂÂever ything you need in a pers onal digital assistan t. Re ad on to find out more. ⢠Calendar Y ou can use th e phoneâÂÂs calendar to record "calen dar notes" to remind you of appointments such as meetings, phone cal ls, birthdays, or general reminders. Alarms c an also be set to no tify you of your appointments or notes. Rem e mb er ! Y our phone must be switched on to u se th is func tion. Do not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is pr ohibited or when it may cau se interfere nce or da nger . Calendar views W eek list Press Menu , scroll to Calendar , and press Vi e w to view the week lis t. Us e week list to view your calend ar we ek by week. Tips : ⢠Y ou can also access the week list while in the Day lis t by pres sing Opti on s , scrolling to View by w eeks, an d pressing Select . ⢠In either the day list or we ek list, you can quickly jump to a certain date by entering the date via the keypad. For example , if today is the 9th, and you en ter 3, the ca lendar displays the 3rd day of the following month. Picture of W eek View
[ 72 ] Day list Press Men u , scroll to Calendar , and press t he roller to access the da y list. Use the Day list to scroll th rough your calendar day by day . For each day , the day list shows the date and the i con for each type of appointmen t you have set fo r the day . See â Adding a calendar noteâ on page 73. Da y view Once in the day list, scroll to the desired day and press the roller to access the day view . Day view allows y ou to scroll thr ough the notes made for th e selected day . The option list for day view includes the followi ng opti ons: Make a note , Erase , Edit, Res chedule, Repeat the current no te (every day , every w eek, biwee kly or every year ) , an d View the current note. View by weeks returns you to the week list. Go to d ate is u sed to jump to a specific date. Y ou can also Copy the note to another day . The Send note option provides var ious options for sending the current note (via IR, via SMS, or as an SMS text message). The Setting s option allows you to set the date, time, date format, time format and week format fo r the calen dar . The option Auto eras e allows you to set the ph one to automatically delete old notes after a specified period o f time. However , rep eat notes (for e xampl e, birthday or an niversar y notes) will not be deleted. Tip: When you are in the day lis t, day view or week list, you can quickly go to toda yâÂÂs day v iew by pressing .
[ 73 ] Y our per sonal assistant Not e view Once in the day view , scroll to the desired note an d press the roller to view the details of the appointment or reminder . Note view allows you to view the details of the selected note. The option list for n ote view include: Make a note , Erase , Edit, Reschedule , Repeat the cur rent note (e ve ry da y , ev er y we ek , bi wee kl y or ev ery yea r). View by weeks returns you to the week list. Go t o da te is u sed to jump to a specific date. Y ou can also Copy the note to another day . The Send note option provides var ious options for sending the current note (via IR, via SMS, or as an SMS text message). The Setting s option allows you to set the date, time, date f ormat, time format and week f ormat for the calendar . Th e option Auto eras e allows you to set the ph one to automatically d elete old n otes after a specified period o f time. However , repeat note s (for ex ample, b irthday or annive rsary notes) will not be deleted. Adding a calend ar note 1. While in the Day view , scroll to the desired day and pre ss Opti ons . 2. Select Make note . 3. Scroll to one of th e following n ote types and press the roller : (for information ab out entering letters and number s , see page 23) Note: Predictive text inp ut is not available for this f eature. ⢠M eeti ng - Enter the no te and press OK . Enter the time and press OK . ⢠Cal l - Enter the desir ed phone number (or press Find to r ecall it from phone book) and press OK . Enter the time and press OK . ⢠Birt hda y - Ente r the pe rsonâ s na me (or pr es s Find to recall it from phone book) and press OK . Enter date of birth an d year (optional). If you en ter the y ear of birth, th e note also displ ays the person âÂÂs age.
[ 74 ] ⢠Gener al note - Enter the n ote and press OK . 4. Scroll to the de sired alarm option and pr ess the roller . If you select Oth er , enter the ala rm time and press Select . The presence of an alarm is indicated by when you view the notes. Whe n the alarm so und s for a note The phone flashes its ligh ts, beeps, and displays the note. With a Call note on the displ ay , you can call the displayed n umber by pressing . T o stop the alarm, press Exit or . ⢠T o-do list Use this feature to create a to-do lis t and prioritize to-do item s. Addin g a task 1. Pres s Menu , scroll to To - d o list and pres s Add . 2. Enter the su bject of the To -do note a nd press OK . (For information about entering text, see âÂÂLetter s and numbersâ on page 23 and âÂÂUsing predictive text inputâ on page 64 .) 3. Then scroll to the desired priority (1, 2 or 3) and pr ess Sel e ct . Y ou can change the priority later by using the Opti on s men u: Change prio rity . Viewi ng tasks Onc e in the To - d o list , scroll to an item and press the roller to view its details. From the tasksâ Opt ions me nu, you c an add, erase or edit the note. Th ere are al so options for : ⢠Viewing the calen dar . ⢠Saving the to-do note to the calendar a s a da y note. ⢠Sending the no te via SMS. ⢠T urning on/off predictive text (dictionary).
[ 75 ] Y our per sonal assistant ⢠Alarm clock The Alarm c lock function of your phoneâÂÂs clock (Menu 4-1-1) can be set to so und an ala rm at a ti me yo u spe ci fy . The alarm c lock uses the tim e format set for the phone clock (12-hour or 24-hour format). The icon, displa yed on the Sta rt screen, indicates that an alarm is set. The alar m clock will work, r egardless if the phone is on or of f. When the ala rm sounds The phone sounds an alert tone. In addi tion, the text Al arm ! , the current time, a series of an imated icons, and the phoneâÂÂs lights all flash si multaneou sly . Pr es sing th e Stop selection key or th e ke y stops the alarm from sounding, and retu rns you to the Start screen . Snooz ing There are several ways you can enable th e Snooze featu re: â¢P r e s s t h e Sno o ze selection key . ⢠Pr ess any key (ex cept ). ⢠Allow the alarm to sound for 1 minu te. Once snooze is enabled, the alarm will sound again in f ive (5) minutes. If an alarm is set to ri ng while th e phone is switched off , the phone will turn its elf on and sound the alar m. If you pr ess Sto p , the text Sw it ch t he ph one on ? is displa yed. Press Ye s to place the phone in call mode, or No to switch off the phone. Rem e mb er ! Do not switch on the phone w hen w ireless phone u se is prohibited or when i t m ay cause interference or danger .
[ 76 ] â¢C a l c u l a t o r Y ou can use your p honeâÂÂs calculator to add, subtract, multipl y or divide number s and convert cu rrencie s. R EMEMB ER ! Do not switch on the ph one when wireless phone u se is prohibited or when i t m ay cause interference or danger . Using the calcula tor 1. Pre ss Menu , scroll to Calculato r , and press the roller . 2. âÂÂ0â appear s on the screen. Enter the fir st number in the calcu lation (press for decimal point). 3. T o add, press once ( ap pears); to subtract, press twice ( - ); to multiply , press th ree times ( * ); to divide, press fou r ti me s ( / ). Note: Yo u c a n a l s o p r e s s Opt ions , scroll to Add , Subtract , Mult iply or Divid e and press Select . 4. En ter the s eco nd numb e r . Repe at st e ps 3 an d 4 as ma ny time s as nece ssa ry . Note: A subtot al i s shown after you en ter the next opera nt ( , -, *, or /). 5. For a tota l, press Opti on s (or press the roller) twice. 6. To sta rt a new calculat ion, press an d hold Cl ea r for 2 secon ds. Note: This ca lculator has lim ited accuracy and rounding er rors may occur , especially in lon g divisions. Using calculator for currency conversion Set ting the exchange rat e 1. Pre ss Menu , scroll to Calculato r , and press the roller . 2. Pre ss Optio ns . Select Exchange rate .
[ 77 ] Y our per sonal assistant 3. Scroll to How many foreign units to a home uni t or How many home units to a foreign unit (depending on how you wish to convert the cur rency), an d press Sel e c t . 4. Enter the approp riate exchan ge rate and press OK (use the key for decimals). Exchange rate is displayed. Currency conversion 1. Once you have set the exchange ra te, enter the am ount to be converted (use to enter a decimal point). 2. Pre ss Optio ns scroll to either In home currency or In for eign currency , and press OK . The phone displays the converted am ount. T IP : If y ou c ho se How many fo reign u nits to a h ome unit while s aving the excha nge r ate, th e How many home units to a foreign unit option is automatically ca lculated and sa ved (or vic e versa). ⢠Contact manager Y ou can use you r phoneâÂÂs internal phone book as a contact manager by saving a personâÂÂs co ntact information (such as street address, e-mail addres s, text not es, e tc.) alo ng wi th the ir name . See âÂÂSaving text informat ionâ on p age 4 7.
[ 78 ] 16. Infrared connections Use the Infrare d menu (Menu 1 1) to activate communic ation s betw een you r phon e and o ther devices through it s infrared (IR ) port. T o conn ect via IR, the device wit h which you want to connect must be IrDA compliant. Y our Nokia ph one is a Class 1 Laser Pr oduct. Note: The prefer able distance between the tw o devices in infrared connection is a ran ge of 3 inches to three fee t maxi mum. There must be no obstructions between the two devices and the IR por ts of the two devices have to be pointing at each other . ⢠Sending and receiving data via IR Y our phone has the ability to send and r eceive certain types of data via the infrared port; no additional cable or software is needed. Y o u can send and receive phone book en tries (busi ness cards), and cale ndar notes via IR. Tr ansmission/rece ption must be to/from a co mpatible phone or device (for example , anoth er phon e, compu ter or ha ndhel d device) . Gener al not es abou t sendin g or recei ving vi a IR 1. Ensure that the IR ports of the two devices are pointing at each other . 2. IR must be activated via th e IR men u prior to sending or receiving. 3. The user of the sending device s elects the desired IR function to start data tran sfer . If data tr ansfer is not star ted within 2 minutes af ter the activat ion of the IR port, the connection is cancelled and has to be started again.
[ 79 ] Infrared connections Checking the statu s of an IR connection The statu s of an IR connection is in dicated by . ⢠When is shown continuously , there is an IR connection between your phone and the other device. ⢠Wh en is not sho wn, no IR conn ectio n exist s. ⢠When blinks, your phon e is trying to con nect to the oth er device or the con nection has been lost. Other typ es of I R con nections Y ou ca n also establish a 2 -way connection between your PC or la ptop computer and your ph one via infrared. With this type of connection , your phone can: ⢠function as an external modem con nected via IR. Use your existing data sof tware (Dial-up Networking, AOL, etc.) or fax software (WinF ax Pro, HotF ax, etc.) to send and receive faxes , connect to t he Inte rnet, or check e-mail. For more information, see the accompa nying PC Con nec tivit y Guid e . ⢠synchronize itâÂÂs phone book, calendar , and to-do list with some of the most popular P e rsonal Information Manager (PIM) programs on the market (Outlook, ACT !, Lotus Organizer , Gold Mine, etc.). U se the FoneSync application found on the Nokia C D-ROM in conjunction with your e xisting PIM application to keep all of your information up-to-date. T ran smitting p hone b ook via IR Y our phone can transm it its ph one book information usin g the industry standard v .card format via itâÂÂs infrared ( IR) por t . "Bu siness cards" (v .cards) can be sent to another phone, a PC (running the appropriate software) or other IR-equipped handheld devices (such as P almâ¢, and Psion Series 5â¢).
[ 80 ] Send ing a busin ess card to anot her p hone o r other dev ice Note: Make sure that the other phone or device is set to receive data via its IR port. Please r efer to the user guide for the receiving device for mor e infor mation on enablin g IR com munication s and re ceivin g data o ve r IR. 1. Press the roller and scroll to the desired p hone book entry . Press the roller twice. 2. Scroll to Send car d v ia IR (to send phone book entry). 3. Ali gn the infrared por ts of both devices, th en pr ess the roller . Receiving a business card from another phon e or other device T o receive business cards from another compatible p hone, you need to first enable infrared com munications using the Infrared menu (Men u 1 1). Then, the user of th e other phone or de vices sends you a business card as described above. Once you have rece ived the n ame and ph one number , pre ss Sho w . Then press Optio ns , sele ct Save or Dis card , and press OK . Calendar notes via IR Y ou can send and receive calendar n otes between pho nes, as well as between other IR-equipped devices (such as P a lmâ¢, an d Psion Series 5â¢). Note: Make sure that the other phone or device is set to receive data via its IR port. Please r efer to the user guide for the receiving device for mor e infor mation on enablin g IR com munication s and re ceivin g data o ve r IR. Send ing a ca lendar note to anot her dev ice 1. Scroll to t he day on which the calen dar note you wish to send is saved and press the roller . 2. Scroll (if necessary) and highlight th e desired note and press Optio ns . 3. Scroll to Send note an d press the roller . 4. A li gn the infrared ports of both devices. 5. Highlight Send via IR an d press t he roller to in itiate data transfer .
[ 8 1 ] DLR-3P conn ectio ns 17. DLR-3P connections Y o u can e stablish a 2- way con nection betwe en your PC or lap top com puter and your ph one via t he DLR-3P serial cable. With this type of con nection, your phone can: ⢠function as an exter nal modem connected via the DLR-3P . Use your existing data software (Dial-up Networking, AOL, etc.) or fax software (WinF ax Pro, HotF ax, etc.) to send and r eceive faxes, con nect to the Intern et, or check E-mail. ⢠synchronize the phone book, calen dar , and to-do list with some of the most popular P e rsonal Information Manager (PIM) programs on the market (Outlook, ACT !, Lotus Organizer , Gold Mine, etc.). U se the FoneSync application found on the Nokia C D-ROM in conjunction with your e xisting PIM application to keep all of your information up-to-date. For more in for mation on connecting your phone to your PC or laptop via the DLR-3P , see the accompa nying PC C onne ctivi ty Gu ide . For more i nformation on synchronizin g data between your phone and popular P ersonal Information Manager (PIM) pr ograms using th e DLR-3P , please refer to th e FoneSync Getting Started brochure.
[ 82 ] 18. W AP services Note: This menu may n ot be visible if WAP services are unavailable in your area . W AP ( sh ort f or Wireless Application Pr otocol) is to mobile devices what WWW (world wide web) is to computer s. The mobile community began developing WAP in 1997 to giv e mobile devi ce users acce ss to the internet. T oday , mos t WA P sites are m ade up of text and hyperlinks, with some sites capable of text input or sele ction items in a list. Som e pages even contain low-resolution graphics. Because your service provider and others are free to design W AP sites as they ch oose, each site can vary almost as muc h as a web page on the I nternet. ⢠Services menu The Services menu (Menu 1 0) allows you to access special Internet content designed specifically for viewing from your mobile phone. Y ou can use your phoneâÂÂs W AP (Wirele ss Application Protocol) browser to view news, get w eather reports, check flight times, a ccess financial in formation, etc. The browserâÂÂs menu allows you to save addresses of WWW services as bookmarks, so you can return to your favorite we b sites quickly and e asily . Note: Y ou may be r equired to subscribe to these additional services before you can use the browser . Y our servi ce provider may also need to confi gure you r phon e for bro wsi ng. Che ck with your service provider for more information on this featu re. Impo rtant ! Internet content received over a secure connection and stored in your browser's cache can be reused over no n-secure connections. T o avoid security issues, empty you r browser's cache after each browsing session.
[ 83 ] W AP services ⢠About yo ur service provider Because the W AP content is specifically designed to be viewed from your mobile phone, your wire less s ervice provider now also becomes your "wirele ss Internet service pr ovider ." Y our s ervic e pro vide r has cr eated a spe c ial h ome page for you , and co nfi gured your phone to take you directly to this site. T here, you will find addition al links to other wireless W e b sites, providing a variety of content both locally , an d from around t he world. ⢠Launching the browser Note: Before you can connect to the Internet, you may be required to subscribe to th is service. Check with your wireless service provider for more in formation on WA P services. From the Start screen, press Menu , scroll to Service s , and press Home . Y our phone will attempt to connect to t he wireless I nternet. Note: If your phone displays Chec k serv ice setti ngs , it m ay not be configu red to access the Internet. Ple ase check with your service provider for wir eless Internet settings an d configuration. Note: Pressing terminates any active browser session and returns you to the Start screen. Understan ding a W AP web site While W eb sites on the W orld W ide W e b (WWW) are thought of as a "book" comprised of a group of interlinked pages, W AP web sites can be thought of as a "deck of interlinked cards." Some cards are comprised of tex t and hyperlinks. Other cards may require user input (e ntering text or numbers, selectin g items from a list, etc.). Some pages may even con tain low-resolution graph ic images.
[ 84 ] Because your ser vice provider (as well as WAP services providers around the world) are free to employ a variety of programming techniques, each "card" viewed could contai n a variety of elements. The following section is design ed to familiarize you with some of the most common W AP elements and how to get the m ost out of your browser . Understan ding and n avi gating a W A P card So me o f th e m ost co mmon card e lem ent s : ⢠Header l ine - shows current location. ⢠Activ e hyper link - highlighted and awaiting action. Press the roller to select the link and display a dditional content. ⢠Hyper link - used to navigate to oth er cards or sites. Scroll to select the lin k, then click the rol ler . ⢠Tex t - u se the roller to scr oll through the text. Cursor will automatically ju mp to the next hyperlink to activate it. ⢠Se le ctio n li st - iden tified by tex t in brackets. Click this link to display a dditional choices or lin ks. ⢠Opti on s/ Back - Displays a cardâÂÂs options menu and/or the br owser menu. B ack takes you back to the pr evious page. ⢠Data ent ry fiel d - ident ified by ellipse in brackets [...] . Th is field is us ed when specific user input is required (example: city name, stock symbol, airline name or flight number , etc.) . T o edit this field:
[ 85 ] W AP services 1. Highlight the data entry field and pr ess the roller . 2. Enter the text requ ested by the data entry field (example : Miami ) and press OK . Note: The text you entered on the previous screen is displayed between the brack ets. 3. Scroll to the link that i ndicates an action based on your text input. Press the roller . The browser menu Y ou can access the browser menu by pressing the N avi roller at the W AP Services menu. The following is a list a nd description of th e browser menu items: ⢠Home - starts a brow ser session and takes you to your service providerâÂÂs home page. ⢠Book ma rk s - displays a list of all bookmarks saved. ⢠Setti ngs - di splays th e br owserâÂÂs settings menu. ⢠Go t o addr es s - allows you to enter an address of you r choosing. ⢠Cl ea r th e ca che - used to empty the browser âÂÂs temporary memory location. Note: Some service provider s may have customized the Ser v ic es men u structure, placing many of the above selections under a WAP pageâÂÂs Opti ons menu. Please con tact your servi ce provider for more information , in the event that any of th e above menu options are unavailable. Note: For successf ul browsing, it is suggested that you empty the cache at the end of each session.
[ 86 ] The card Options menu Pr es sing th e Opti on s selection key while browsing a car d displays the following menu: ⢠Home - takes you back to your home page f rom the current lo cation. ⢠Book ma rk s - displays a list of all bookmarks saved. ⢠Edit or Select - allows you to either edit the curren tly selected browser elem ent (for example, a checklist or text entry f ield), or selects the active (highlighted) hyperlink. ⢠Go t o addr es s - allows you to enter an address of you r choosing. ⢠Use Numb er - captures a phone number displa yed on the ca rd in order to place a call or a dd the number to th e phone book. ⢠Empty cache - used to empty the browser âÂÂs temporar y memory location. ⢠Exit - ex its the current browser session and returns you to the Start screen . Addit ional menu i tems Developers of WA P web sites can also add additional Opti on s menu ite ms specific to their web site. Often times, these options a re actually links to other decks w ithin the w eb si te. Us e th e r oller t o se lect any of t he ad dition al options; press the roller to view th e additional content. ⢠Bookmarks Y ou can sav e the addr ess of your fav orite sites as bookmarks, then use the bookmarks to return to those sites quickly and easily . If a siteâÂÂs programmers have included a title for the card, then the nam e of the card will appear in the list (example: Ya h o o ! N e w s , ebay on WA P , Mapquest ).
[ 87 ] W AP services If there is no title to the card, then the siteâÂÂs address will appear in the list of bookmar ks (example: http:// www .yahoo .com/new s.wml, http://www .ebay .co m/W A P/index.wml, http://w ww .mapquest.com/ default.w ml ). T o save a siteâÂÂs addre ss as a bookmark 1. Navigate to the desired site, then pre ss the Optio ns selection key . 2. Scroll to Bookmar ks and press the roller . 3. Press the Option s selection key . 4. Scroll to Save as bookmark and press Select . New bookmar ks can be added manually , either whi le off-line, or during browsing. T o sa ve a book mark ma nual ly 1. From th e Servic es me nu, press the r oller . Scroll to Book ma rk s an d press the roller . 2. Pre ss th e Opti ons selection key . Scroll to Add bo okm ark and press the roller . 3. Enter the web site address (example: m y.yahoo.co m ) and press OK . Note: It is not necessary to enter h ttp:// . T his is adde d automaticall y . 4. E nter a title for th e new bookmar k and press OK . W orkin g with bookma rks Y ou can use th e bookmarks you save to return to your favorite sites quickly and easily . T o retu rn to a b ookm arke d sit e From the Servic es me nu: 1. Press the roller . Scroll to Bookmar ks an d press t he roller . 2. Scroll to the desired bookmar k and press th e roller . Note: If you are not currently in a browsing session, th e phone will connect to the Internet.
[ 88 ] Ot her o pti ons The Bookmarks options menu provides you with several options for using or mani pulating existin g bookm arks. From this m enu, the fol lowing op tions are available: ⢠Add a book mark - used to add a bookm ark manually (while off-line or while browsing). ⢠Go to - t akes you t o the high lighted bo okma rk from the p revious sc reen (the equivalent of h ighlighting a bookmark and pressing the r oller). ⢠Edit - used to edit the highlighted bookmark from the previous screen. ⢠Erase - used to erase the hig hlighted bookmark from the previous screen. ⢠Download a ringing ton e Y ou can download up to f ive ringing tones to your phone from some W AP sites, sites on the WWW , or through SMS. For m ore information about downloading ringing ton es, contact your service provider . Play , save, or erase a ring ing tone Once youâÂÂve downloaded a ringing tone, your phon e displays the message Ringin g tone received . 1. Pre ss Optio ns , then choose Play back , Save , or Erase . 2. Pre ss OK . If you chose to save the new r inging tone, it becomes available to you when customizing a pr ofile (see âÂÂCustomiz ing a profileâ on page 50).
[ 89 ] Gam es 19. Games Not only can yo u use your phon e for communication bu t also for some serious fun. Y our phone offers you four games from wh ich to choose. â¢I n Snake II , you are to feed the snake wi th as many goodies as possible. The lon ger the snakeâÂÂs tail grows, the higher you r score. â¢I n Rotati on , the obje ct is to get all th e numbers in sequential order as you rotate the num bers and move them . â¢I n Racket , you will play the traditional game of tennis. U se the roller to cont rol the racket. â¢I n Opp osite , try to ch ange your oppon entâÂÂs pieces in to your own color . Wa r n i n g ! Do not switch on the phon e when wi reless p hone use is prohibited or when i t m ay cause interference or danger . Star ting a ne w ga me 1. Go to th e Games menu, scroll to the desired game and press the rol ler . 2. Select New game . Use the option Inst ruc ti ons to lear n how to pla y the ga me. With the option Lev el you c an choose the difficulty level of the game. In Snake you can pause the game by pressing either selection key a nd then resume a paused game with the option Conti nue . Use To p scor e (available in some games) to che ck the high score in your phone. Game sett ing s Ther e are two user settin gs for Games : ⢠Ligh t s - allows you to control the ligh ted display (for Games menu only). ⢠Sounds - allows you to enable or disa ble game sou nds (for Games menu on ly).
[ 90 ] 20. Network settings The System and Setti ngs men u are used to chan ge a n umber of settin gs related to how th e phone searches for s ervice, an d to modify th e phoneâÂÂs functions a nd security s ettings. ⢠Network selection Use the Sy ste m menu ( Menu 5 ) to change how your phone searches for service. The following options are available: ⢠Au toma tic - the ph one automatically selects one of the wire less networks availa ble in your area. ⢠Manual - the phone will show a list of available networks and you can select the de sired network if this network has a r oaming agreement with your home network operator . Oth erwise the text No A ccess is displayed and another network must be selected. The p hone will stay in manual mode u ntil the automatic mo de is selected, or w hen phone is turned off and back on again. ⢠New search - causes the ph one to per form a new search in order to locate the best w ireless service to u se in your area. ⢠Network servic es V oice pri vacy Use this menu option to enable or disable voice e ncryption for all calls (when this service is available). Own nu mber select io n Use this feature to view your own phone number , or switch between multiple wireless ser vice accounts (phone numbers) programmed into your phone. Co nsult your service provider for mor e information on using this feature.
[ 9 1 ] Network s ettings Network feature setting This menu allows you to enable or disable various network services (Call Forwarding, C all W aiting, Se nd Own Caller I D) through th e use of special f eature codes provided to you by your service provider . Y ou must first store the fe ature code given to you by your service pr ovider (unless alr eady pre-programmed) before the feature appears in th e menu or functions pr operly . Impo rtant ! Only those menu feature s that have been activat ed will appear in the menu; therefore the menu shortcuts in the followin g sections ma y not always reflect the actual position in the menu as described below (or as shown on page 16). Stor ing the f eatur e cod e 1. Pre ss Menu 4-5 -3 ( Setti ngs - Networ k serv ices - Ne tw ork fea tu re setti ngs ), then pres s Select . 2. Enter the feature code for the desir ed feature (for exam ple: - - to activate Call Forwarding, then pr ess Select . 3. To locate the type of Call Forw arding associated with the code, press Select , or use the Navi r oller and scroll to Call w ait ing or Send own calle r ID whe n cal ling , and press Select . 4. Se lec t the command associat ed with the featu re cod e you wish to store ( Activate , Cancel , Ye s or No ) and press Se lect to com plete th e proc ess. Call forwardi ng This network service allows you to forwar d your incoming calls to a nother number (for example, your office nu mber). For m ore information and feature codes, contac t your service provider . Once you activate this feature by entering th e proper f eature code, you can select on e of the following forwarding modes: Forward all calls , Forward calls if number bu sy , Forward call s if not answered , Forward calls i f out of r each or ph one is off , and Cancel all c all fo rwar ding . See âÂÂC all forw ardingâ on page 37 for a descri ption of th e features li sted abo ve.
[ 92 ] Forw ardi ng y our cal ls Once you have stored the appropriate f eature code for C all Forwarding (see âÂÂStoring the f eature codeâ on page 9 1): 1. Pre ss Menu 4-5 -4 ( Setting s - Ne twork serv ice s - Cal l fo rwar di ng ), then pr ess Select . 2. Scroll ( if ne cess ary) to t he Cal l F orward ing opti on st or ed and p re ss Se lect . 3. Pre ss Select again and e nter the number to which all in coming calls should be forwar ded, or press Find and locate a numbe r already stored in your phone book. 4. Pre ss Select . Y our phone calls the wireless system a nd sends the information you jus t enter ed. After appr oximately 5 seconds, the Start screen w ill reappear . Call wa iting This network service lets you receive an incoming call when youâÂÂre already in a call. ( Contact you r service provider for availability .) The phone beeps to let you know of the incoming call while you are in an active call. Please see âÂÂCall waitin gâ on page 37 for details. If this feature is not automatically ava ilable from your service provider , you may have to activate it through the use of a Network Services feature code. See â Storing the f eature codeâ on page 9 1 for instruction on storing the codes that activate an d cancel this feature. Activa ting o r cancel ling Cal l W aitin g 1. Pre ss Menu 4-5-5 ( Setting s - Ne twor k se rv ice s - Call waiti ng ), then pr ess Select . 2. Highlight eith er Activ ate or Cancel , then press Select .
[ 93 ] Network s ettings Send ow n caller ID when callin g This feature allows you to block caller ID when you call some one (your number will n ot be displayed on their caller I D). This feature works on a per-call basis. Contact your service provider f or more details. This feature is only effective wh en calling to a number that is e quipped with Caller I D. Before you ca n use this service, you m ust store the feature code in your phone. See âÂÂStor ing the feature codeâ on page 9 1. Make sure to st ore th e code in th e No option. Block i ng you r ow n calle r ID 1. Pre ss Menu 4-5-6 ( Setti ngs - Ne twor k serv ices - S end ow n call er ID wh en call ing ), and press Select . 2. Scroll to No (to block number) and press OK. 3. Enter the number you wish to call (or press Fi nd to retrieve th e number from the phone book a nd press OK ), then pre ss Select . 4. Y our phone will attem pt to call th is number with the feature code you stored in Menu 4- 5-6 . Call mode In certain wireless networks, the Cal l m od e submenu option m ay be visible under the Setti ngs - Ne twor k servic es menu. T he following Call mode options are available: ⢠Analog - the ph one uses an analog channel to place the call. If an analog ch annel is n ot available, the ca ll may still be placed using a digital channel. This feature depends on you r network. ⢠Digit al - the phone uses a digital channel to place the call. If a digital channel is not available, the call may still be placed using an analog channel. This feature depe nds on your network. ⢠Analog & digita l - the phone use s both digi tal and analog channels.
[ 94 ] Public system settin g In certai n wirele ss netwo rks, the Publ ic syste m settings sub-menu option may be visi ble under the Settings - Network services menu . Th e fol lowi ng Publ ic sys tem setti ngs are available: ⢠Any sy stem - causes the ph one to search for and use any available home type system, followed by non-home type system (in the event that your service providerâÂÂs network is unavailable). ⢠Home type - causes the ph one to use only a home type s ystem (in th e event that your service pr oviderâÂÂs network is u navailable). ⢠Non-home t ype - causes the ph one to u se only a non-home type system (in the e vent that you r servi ce prov iderâÂÂs n etwork is unavai lable). ⢠Home only - causes the phone to us e only your service providerâÂÂs netw ork. Depending on the roaming agreem ents between service provider s, you may be able to save mone y by "forci ng" your p hone to use cer tain networ ks when outside your service provideâÂÂs area of coverage. Con tact your s ervice provider for more information on this featu re.
[ 95 ] A ccessories 2 1. Accessories If you wa nt to enha nce y our phon eâÂÂs fun ctio nali ty , an extens ive ra nge of accessories is available for you . Y ou can select a ny of these items t o help accommodate your spe cific c ommunicati on needs. For availabil ity of t hese and other accessories, con tact your service pr ovider . A few practica l rules for a ccessory operatio n: ⢠K eep all accessories out of r each of small children. ⢠When you disconnect the power c ord of any accessory , grasp an d pull the plug, n o t the cord. ⢠Check regularly that an y vehicle-installed accessories are m oun te d an d are operating properly . ⢠Installation of any c omplex car access ories must be made by qualified personnel onl y . Note: Use only batteries, chargers and a ccessories approved by the phone manufacturer for u se with this particu lar phone model. The use of an y other types may invalida te any approval or warranty applying to the ph one, and may be dangerous. Note: See âÂÂUsin g batteries and chargersâ on page 1 12. for important battery usa ge information. Note: For availability of approved accessories, please che ck with your authorized Nokia dealer .
[ 96 ] â¢B a t t e r i e s A va riety of Nokia bat tery options are ava ilable for your phone. Each battery provides you w ith the perfor mance, quality and conve nience youâÂÂve come to expect w ith your Nokia phone. Charging Times The following table shows the batter y options that are available for you r phone. The charging times with th e Rapid T r avel Charger (ACP-8U), the Rapid Cigarette Lighter Char ger (LCH-9), and the Standard T ravel Charger (ACP-7U) are listed beside each option. Note: The times displayed below ar e approximate and w ill allow your battery to obtain approximately 90% of its capacity . At this time, the bat tery scroll bars on your ph oneâÂÂs display will stop scr olling. T o obtain 1 00% batter y capacity for all batteries except BM S-2V, allow another two hours to âÂÂtrickleâ or âÂÂm aintenanceâ charge. Batteries Standard Tr avel Charger ACP-7 U Rapid T ravel Charger ACP -8U Rapid Cigarette Lighter Charger LCH-9 Hand sfr ee Desktop Charger DCH- 12K Ultra Slim Li-P olymer Battery 600 mAh (BPS-1) 2h30 m 1h 30m 1h25m 1h25m Extended Li-Ion Battery 900 mAh (BLS-2S/BLS-2N) 4h 2h 2h 2h Extended NiMH Battery 900 mAh (BMS-2S) 4h 2h 1h30m 1h30m Extended NiMH Vibrating Battery 900 mAh (BMS-2V) 4h 2h 1h30m 1h30m Ultra Extended Li-Ion Battery 1500 mAh (BLS-4) 5-6h 4h 3h30m 3h30m
[ 97 ] A ccessories Sta ndby and Talk Times The times shown in the following table are approximate, and re present a range for e ither standby or talk times (n ot a combination of both). Battery operation times vary according to signal conditions, network par ameters set by the ser vice provider , and how you use your phone. Wa r n i n g ! Dispose of used batteries in accordance with a ny local regulations. Please refer to th e following table for more infor mation on talk and standby times in both digital and analog ne tworks: Battery Option Digit al Ta l k T i m e Anal og Ta l k T i m e Stan dby Time Digital Analog Ultra Slim Li-P olymer Battery 600 mAh (BPS-1) 1h to 2h40m 35m to 1h30m 2.5 to 6 days 18h to 30h Extended Li-Ion Battery 900 mAh (BLS-2S/BLS-2N) 2h to 4h30m 1h to 2h30m 4 to 1 0 days 30h to 50h Extended NiMH Battery 900 mAh (BMS-2S) 2h to 4h30m 1h to 2h30m 4 to 1 0 days 30h to 50h Extended NiMH Vibrating Battery 900 mAh (BMS-2V) 2h to 4h30m 1h to 2h30m 4 to 1 0 days 30h to 50h Ultra Extended Li-Ion Battery 1500 mAh (BLS-4) 3h to 7h30m 1h40m to 4h 6.5 to 16.5 days 50h to 83h
[ 98 ] Chargers an d Oth er A ccessories The fol lowing chargers and ch arging accessorie s are avai lable f or yo ur phone; please see your dealer for details. Also , re fer t o th e ac ces so ri es br oc hur e t ha t was in cl ude d in your sales package for the entire line of Nokia Original Accessories. Rapid T ravel Cha rger (ACP-8U) This lightweight A C charger can be used with all ba ttery options. Calls can be made durin g charging, even with a fully discharged battery . T o use the Rapid Travel Charger (ACP-8U), first plu g the lead w i t h the arro w into the tr ansformer . T w ist the lead 1/4 turn to lo ck it in place. Then connect the lead fr om the charger to the base of your phone. Finally , plu g the charger in to a s tandard 120 V AC wall outlet. The charger can also be used together with the option al Comp act Deskto p Ch arging St and (DCH- 8 or DCH-9 ). Appr oximate chargin g times for disch arged batteries are shown at the beginning of this section. Sta ndar d T ravel C har ger (A CP- 7U) Use t his dur able and e conomic al char ger to charge all battery option s. Plug the c onnector into the bottom of your phone, then plug the charger into a wall outlet. Check the chargi ng sta tus on the phone display . Note: If the batter y is completely e mpty , you cannot use the p hone until it has enough charge to operate. The Standard T ravel Ch arger is available for different voltage leve ls and can also be used with th e DCH-9 Compac t Desktop Charging Stan d.
[ 99 ] A ccessories Rapid Cig arette Li ghter Charger ( LCH-9) Y ou can charge your phoneâÂÂs battery from your vehicle battery by using the Rapid Ci garette Li ghter Ch arger (LCH- 9). Calls ar e possible during charging. A gr een light indicates the charger is ready f or cha rging. T he battery charging times are shown at the begin ning of th is section. The input voltage range is from 1 1 to 32V DC, negative grounding. Avoid prolo nged charging with the Rapi d Cigar ette Ligh ter Charger (L CH-9) wh en the car engin e is not running; this may cause the battery of your car to drain. N ote also th at in some cars the ciga rette lig hter plu g is not provid ed with electricity if the ignition is not switched on. Compac t Desktop Ch argin g Stand (D CH-9) Used to gether w ith the Standa rd T ra vel C harger (ACP-7U) or the Rap id T ravel Charg er (ACP-8U), the C ompact Desktop Chargin g Stand ( DCH-9) is an economical choice when y ou nee d t o cha r ge y o ur phon e and /o r a sp are battery . With the battery stil l attached, place your phone in th e charging stand to be gin charging your phoneâÂÂs batter y . Compac t Desktop Ch argin g Stand (D CH-8) Used togeth er with the Standard T ravel Charger (ACP -7U) or the Rap id T rave l Charger (A CP -8 U), the Compact Desktop Ch arging Stand (DCH-8) is a n economical choice when you need your ph one close at hand.
[ 1 00 ] Hands- free desktop cha rging stan d kit (DCH-12K) This hand s-free de sktop charging stand kit con sists of the (DCH-12) (Han d sfr ee De sktop Charging Stand) an d the (ACS-6U) AC Adapter . The (DCH-12K) provid es the same charging times a s the (LCH-9) Rapid Cigarette Lighter Charger , and allows for handsfree usage of the phone via t he stan d's b uilt in speake r and microp hone. T he phone u ses the Handsfree profile wh en in the charging stand. Y ou can use either voice dialin g or use the Ph one book menu to dial a call (as the keypad is not accessible while in the stand).
[ 101 ] T roubleshooting 22. T roubleshooting Prob lem P o ssib le cau se P o ssib le s ol ution My phon e is nâÂÂt charging. Charger and phone are not properly conne cted. Che ck conn ectio n between c harger and phone/charger stand and phone . Charger is not prope rly plugged in . Make sure ch arger is properly plugged into wa ll ou t let . My phon e is nâÂÂt making/answ ering calls. Batte ry is no t cha rged. Charge the batte ry . P oor signal streng th If you are indoors, move to ward a win dow . Outs ide of servi ce area. C hange loc ations un til the ph one displays service available . I canâÂÂt liste n to my voice me ssages. Y ou do nâ t ha ve v oice mail servic e. Call you r wirele ss service provider . Y ou hav e not set up your voice mailbox w ith your service provider . Call you r wirele ss service provider . Y ou hav e no t sa ve d yo ur voice mail numbe r in your phon e. See page 3 2. The v oice mail num ber you have s ave d is in cor re ct. Call you r wirele ss service provider . Y ou h ave forgotten your password or are enterin g it inco rrectly . Call you r wirele ss service provider .
[ 1 0 2 ] My SMS messag es are not being deli vere d. Y ou donâÂÂt h ave SMS ser vic e. Call y our wire les s service provider . I can âÂÂt succe ssfull y ta g a p hone bo ok ent ry . Exces sive backg round noise during the recording process. Find a quiet l oca tion and try again. V oi c e t ag me mory is full. Follow screen prompt to eras e a n exis tin g tag , making room for new voic e tag. V o ice d ialin g wil l not recognize my voice . V oice tag was recorded by someone ot her than you rself. Re-record voice tag using y our voice . Probl em Po s s i b l e c a u s e P ossib le solu tion
[ 1 03 ] Frequently A sked Questions (FA Q) 23. Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) This section lists an d answers the questions that you most frequently ask. Where necessar y , the a nswers refer you to th e appropria te text w ithin this guide. Note: Some of the an swers tell you to use men u shortcuts. Fo r a complete listing of these shortcuts, refer to âÂÂList of main menu functionsâ on page 16. Q. How do I loc k my pho ne? A. Pre ss Men u 4-4-2- 1 , press Select , en ter your lock code, scroll to On , and press OK . Refer to â Lock codeâ on page 59 f or more i nformation. Q. Ho w do I unlock my p hone? A. Pre ss Menu 4-4- 2-1 , pr es s Select , enter your lock code, scroll to Off , and press OK . Refer to â Lock codeâ on page 59 f or more i nformation. Q. What is my lo ck cod e? A. The lock code enables you to lock you r phon e, thus pr eventi ng someon e else from using it. The default lock code is 1234. However , it is suggested that you change this code imm edi ate ly . Refer to â Lock codeâ on page 59 f or more i nformation. Q. What is my se curity code? A. The defau lt security code is 1 2345. However , it is suggested that you change this code immediate ly . Ce rta in feat ure s ca n be used on ly af t er the cor rect securi ty code ha s bee n succe ssfully entered. Refer to â Security codeâ on page 58 and âÂÂChan ging your security codeâ on page 58 for more information.
[ 1 04 ] Q. Ho w do I lock the keypad? A. There are three ways you can lock the keypad: â¢P r e s s Menu , scroll to Key gu ard and press the roller . â¢P r e s s Menu followed by . ⢠Close the slide, th en press the Lock ke ys selection key . Refer to â K eypad lock (Keygu ard)â on page 56 for m ore information. Q. Ho w do I unlock the keypad? A. There are three ways you can unlock the ke ypad: â¢P r e s s Unlock an d OK. â¢P r e s s Unlock , f ollowed by . ⢠Open the slidin g cover . Refer to â K eypad lock (Keygu ard)â on page 56 for m ore information. Q. Ho w do I make the ringing louder? A. Pre ss Menu 3-1-2 -3 , press Select , then choose a volume level. Refer to â Ringing volumeâ on page 5 1 for more in formation. Q. Ho w do I change the ringing to ne? A. Pre ss Men u 3 and scroll through the list of profiles until you find the one for which you want to set the ringi ng tone, then press Opt ions . Highlight Cu stomize and press OK . Scroll to Ringi ng ton es , then press Select . Scroll through the options. Af ter you hear th e tone you wan t to use, press OK . Refer to â Ringing toneâ on page 5 1 for more information. Q. How do I sto re my vo ice mail box number? A. Pre ss Menu 1-4 -2 , enter your voice m ailbox phone n umbe r , and press OK . The screen tells you that the number is saved.
[ 1 05 ] Frequently A sked Questions (FA Q) This voice mailbox n umber is valid unless your phone number chan ges. If your phone number changes, you will have to save a ne w voice mailbox number . Refer to âÂÂSett ing up your voice mai lb ox â on page 32 for more information. Q. How do I call my vo ice ma ilbo x numb er (retr iev e vo ice messag es)? When your phon e aler ts you to new voice messa ges, pres s List en and follow the pr ompts. If you âÂÂd rather listen to your messages later , press Exit . T o listen to you r voice messages at a later time, perform one of the following actions: ⢠Press and hold the key . ⢠Press Menu 1-2 -1 . The mess age Callin g vo ic e m ailb ox appears on the screen. Fol low the prompts to access your me ssages . Q. How do I fi nd m y ph on eâÂÂs mode l num ber? A. T urn your phone off, then remove the bat tery from the back of the phone. Y our ph oneâÂÂs model number is printed on th e sticker that is on the rear cover , and is la beled, "Model." Q. How do I re dia l th e las t- dia led num ber . A. Press in two quick successions. Refer to â Last number redialâ on page 2 1 for more information. Q. Ho w do I assign a key to 1-to uch dialing? A. Pre ss Names and scroll to 1-touch dialing . Press Select . Scroll to the f irst number th at includes the me ssage (empty) an d press Assign . Scroll to the n ame/number to w hich you want to assign to this key and press Select . Repeat these steps as ma ny times a s ne cessary . Refe r to âÂÂSet ting up 1-to uch di alingâ on p age 44 f or more i nformati on.
[ 1 06 ] Q. Ho w do I find out how many memory l ocati ons the phone has? A. Pre ss Names and scroll to Opti on s . Press Select . Scroll to Memory s tatus and press Select again. A messa ge appears that sa ys Phone: xx free, xx in use where x x indicates the percent of memo ry used. For more information, refer to âÂÂMemory statusâ on page 49 and âÂÂT echnical informationâ on page 12 1 . Q. Ho w do I find my p honeâÂÂs ESN ( electronic serial numb er)? A. T urn your ph one off, then remove the bat tery from the back of the phone. Y our ph oneâÂÂs ESN number is printed on the sticker th at is on the rear cover , and is la beled, "ESN." Q. Ho w can I change the c ontrast of m y phoneâÂÂs display? A. Pre ss Menu 4-3-5 and press Select . Use the r oller to adju st the contrast, then press OK (or the r oller). For more information, refer to âÂÂDisplay contrastâ on page 5 3. Q. Ho w do I clear my cal l timers? A. WA R N I N G : The clearing of call timers ca n no t be undone. Press Menu 2-5-4 and press OK . Enter your security code and press OK . Refer to â Clear call timersâ on pag e 3 1 for more information.
[ 1 0 7 ] Glossary 24. Glossary Te r m: Defin ition : analog network A netw ork wh ere th e sign al i s conv eyed by var yi ng the frequenc y , amplitude or phase of the transmission. antenna The portion of your phone de signed to transmit and rece ive the wireless s ignal. antenna jack The conn ec tor used to attach an externa l anten na to your m obile phon e (ty pically used by th e CARK -9 1 US car ki t) . ba ttery The source of powe r for your m obile phone when th e phone is not connecte d to a charger . book mark A way to save a web site address (or URL) to your phoneâÂÂs memory . Use bookm arks to store the addresses of you r fav orite web site s, then recall them so y ou can return to the location quic kly and easi ly . brows er A soft ware program used to v iew and navigate a portion o f the In ternet calle d the Worl d Wide Web , or Inte rnet locations developed for the Wirele ss Application Protocol (W AP). data ca ll A c all in which your Nokia phone functions as a data/fax mode m, connecte d to your PC v ia the DLR-3P c able or infrared port. digit al net work Netw ork where the signa l is co nverte d to a digital o r binary c ode before transmission. ear pi ec e The portion of you r phone that contain s the speake r . Used to play the audio portion of a voice call as w ell as any oth er audible tone s (for example: ring ing, warn ing, etc. ).
[ 1 08 ] e arp ie ce vo lume The sound le vel of the earpiece âÂÂs spe aker durin g a ca ll. E-mail Elect ronic Mail. A writ ten form of com munication in wh ich tex t ( and ot her ty pes o f in form ati on ) is tr an smi tte d betw een recipients electronically via special e lectron ic mail systems manage d by corporatio ns and/or Internet service providers. END key Us ed to te rminate an activ e call or re ject an inc oming ca ll. Als o used to return to the Star t scre en from the phone book or from within the phoneâÂÂs me nu. ESN Electronic Serial Number . Used by wireless se rvice providers to ide ntify your phon e on th e wireless network. fa x ca ll A call in which your Nokia phone functions as a data/fax mode m, connecte d to your PC v ia the DLR-3P c able or infrared port. home s ystem Refers to the wi reless system to which you a re subscribed. home t ype sy ste m Refers to the sa me type of syst em to w hich y ou are subsc ribed, but a system that is not your primary home syst em. Int ern et An elaborate syst em of interconnect ed public and private compu ter network s around the world, used to provide acce ss to information a nd en able comm unica tion b etween users worldwide. keypad tones The sound h eard when a key on your phoneâÂÂs keypad is pressed. messag e alert to ne Th e sounds th at are heard upon receipt of a text or system message (e.g. call waitin g notification ) by your pho ne. microphone The electronic eleme nt in th e base of y our phone that p icks u p you r voic e and oth er soun ds . Te r m: Defin ition :
[ 1 09 ] Glossary navigate A te rm that re fers to the act of m ovin g from one Intern et site or page to anothe r , or to the act of moving from one area of y our phone âÂÂs memory or men u to anoth er . non-home t ype sy ste m Any syst em that doe s not use t he same wireles s "for mat" as your h ome sy stem . number keys The num bered key s on your ph oneâÂÂs keypad. powe r key A ke y on th e front of the phone that allow s you to tu rn the phon e on or off. Th is key can also be used to recall and switch your ph oneâÂÂs profiles. pred ict iv e text input A syst em developed for rapid text entry using your phon eâÂÂs ke ypad. pre ferred sy stem Refer s t o a syst em t hat is the same "fo rma t" a s your home sy stem, but is no t the syst em to whic h you h ave subscribe d. ring ing op tion Refers to the way your ph one plays (or if it plays) a ringing tone w hen yo u hav e an incoming call. prof il e Refers to the variou s settin gs relatin g to your phone âÂÂs aud ible , visibl e an d vibrati ng ale rts, an d the ab ili ty to have multip le co nfigurations to ma tch you r location or envi ro nme nt. ring ing to ne The tone or melo dy tha t is he ard whe n yo u have an inc omin g ca ll . ringing volume Refers to the volume of your p honeâÂÂs rin ging t one. roaming The stat e o f your phone w hen y ou are no longe r in your home sy stem. Additi onal c harges may re sul t. rolle r A mu lti-fun ction k ey on th e front of t he phone. Roll th e roller t o scroll through you r phoneâÂÂs me nus and phone book. Press t he roller to make a sele ction or t o acc ess th e phone book. Te r m: Defin ition :
[ 1 1 0 ] sc reen Y our phone âÂÂs display . sc roll To move through a list of na mes , menu item s, etc . by rolling th e roller up or down . Each ne w s election or op tion is h ighlighted as you ro ll to it . s ele ctio n k eys Refers to the k eys unde r the low er left and lo wer right corners of your phoneâÂÂs screen. slid e T he movi ng ke ypa d co ver , u sed to pro tect th e k eypa d as well as answ er and end calls. SMS Short Messag e Serv ic e. A se rvic e where by y ou ca n sen d and rec eiv e shor t text mess ages (typi cal ly arou nd 15 0 characters) with your phone. sy ste m Anothe r way t o refer to your wirele ss service providerâÂÂs wirele ss net work. TAL K k e y T he ke y use d to make or a nsw er a call. tex t m e ssa ge See SMS. URL Univ ersal Reso urce Locator . A URL is a W eb siteâ s specific address or location on the Internet (for example: http ://www .no kia.com ). vo ice d ial ing The ability to dial n umbers in your phone usin g the phon eâÂÂs vo ice r eco gni tion featu re. (see vo ice t ags) voice mail A system ma inta ined by y our servic e provide r , used to reco rd voice messages wh en you ar e unable to answ er a call. voice mailbo x The location on your service providerâÂÂs network used to store v oice mail messa ges. Te r m: Defin ition :
[ 111 ] Glossary voice ta g A recording of a userâÂÂs voice that is ass igned to a phone b ook entry . V o ice tag is us ed in co njun ction wi th v oice dial ing feat ure ( see voic e dial ing). volume See earpiece v olume or ringing volume. warni ng ton es, game to nes The tone play ed when your phone disp lays a warning, or those tone s that are he ard when y ou are playing one of the phon eâÂÂs games. WA P Wireless Application Proto col. W AP is a new sec tion of the Internet designed to provide information and services to y ou, and v iewabl e fr o m you r mob il e pho neâÂÂs scr een. wire less netwo rk Y our serv ice providerâÂÂs operating environme nt, including various types of h ardware, software , and landline conn ections , which make s wireless call s po ssible. W orld Wide W eb T he p art o f t he Inte rne t t hat is v iew ed using a spe cial softw are applica tion calle d a web bro wser . The browse r in y our Nokia phon e can access m any sites on the World Wide Web , as we ll as sit es designed specifica lly to be browsed from a mobile phone (see W AP) . WWW See World Wide Web . Te r m: Defin ition :
[ 1 12 ] 25. Reference information ⢠Usin g batteries and chargers For c harging and re charging your p hone b attery , see âÂÂC harg e you r batter yâ on p age 5. Use only batter ies approve d by the ph one man ufacture r and rechar ge your battery only with th e chargers approved by th e manu facturer . A new battery's ful l performance i s achieved only after t wo or three complet e charge and discha rge cycles! The battery can be ch arged and discharged h undreds of times but it will eventually wear ou t. When the ope rating time (talk-time and stand-by time) is noticeably shorter t han normal, it is tim e to buy a new ba ttery . When a charger is not in use, disconnect it from the power source. Do not leave the battery conn ected to a ch arger for longer th an a week, since overcharging may s horten its lif e. If left unused a fully charged battery will discharge itself over tim e. For good operation times, disc harge NiMH batteries from time to time by leaving y o ur ph one switched on until it turns itself off (or by using th e battery discha rge facility of any approved accessor y available for your phone). Do n ot attempt to discharge th e battery by any other means. T emperature extremes will affect the ability of your battery to charge: allow it to cool down or warm up f irst. When the battery is running out of power and only few minutes of talk time remain, a warning tone is heard and Ba ttery low is briefly displayed. Whe n no mo re t alk tim e i s le f t, the ph one will beep three t ime s a nd Recharge ba ttery is displayed. Th e phone th en switches itself off . Use the battery only for its intended purpose. Never use any ch arger or ba ttery which is damaged or worn out.
[ 1 13 ] Referen ce information Do not short-circuit the batte ry . Acc idental sh ort-circuiti ng can occur whe n a me tal lic ob jec t ( coi n, c lip or pe n) c au se s di re ct c on ne ct ion of th e a n d - term in als of th e ba tte ry (meta l s tri ps on t he back o f t he b at tery) for e xamp le when you carry a spare battery in your pocket or purse. Shor t-circuiting the terminals ma y damage the battery or the con necting object. Leaving the battery in hot or cold places, such as in a closed car in su mmer or winter conditions, will reduce the capacity and lifetime of the battery . Always try to keep t he battery be tween 59 ð F and 77 ð F (15 ð C and 25 ð C). A phone with a hot or cold battery may temporarily n ot work, even when the bat tery is fully charged. NiMH batteries performance is par ticularly limited in tem perature s below 14 ð F (-1 0 ð C ). Li-Ion batteries performance is particularly limited in temperatures below 32 ð F (0 ð C). Batteries mu st be recycled or disposed of properly . Must not be disposed of in m unicipal waste. Do not dispose of batter ies in fire! ⢠Accessories and batteries War ni n g! Check the model number of any charger before use with th is apparatus. This apparatu s is intended for use whe n supplied with power from the Standard T ravel Charger (ACP-7U ), Rapid Tr avel Charger (ACP-8U), Handsfree Desktop Ch arging Kit (DCH-12K), or R apid Cigarette Lighter C harger (LCH-9). Other u sage may invalidate any w arranty , will in validate approval of this apparatus, an d may be da ngerous. Note: This apparatus is NOT approved for use w ith the ACP-9U Rapid T ravel Charger . For availability of approved accessories, please che ck with your deale r . When you disconnect the pow er cord of any accessory , grasp and pu ll the plug, not th e cord.
[ 1 14 ] ⢠Importan t Safety Inform ation T raffi c Saf ety Do not use a hand-held telephone while drivin g a vehicle. If using a hand- held phone park the veh icle befor e conver sing. Always secure the ph one in its holder; do not place th e phone on the passenger seat or wh ere it can br eak loose in a collision or sudden stop. The use of an alert device to oper ate a vehicleâÂÂs lights or horn on public roads is not permitted. Reme mber , roa d safety alw ays comes fi rst! Operating Enviro nment Remember to f ollow any special r egulations in force in any area and always switch off your phone whenever it is forbidden to use it, or when it may cause in terference or danger . When connecting the ph one or any accessory to another de vice, read its userâÂÂs guide for detailed safety instructions. Do not connect incompat i ble products. As with other mobile radio tran smitting equipment, user s are advised that for the satisfactor y operation of the equipment and for the safety of personnel, it is recommen ded that the equipment should only be used in the normal operating position (held to you r ear with the antenna pointing over your sho ulder). Electron ic Devices Most modern electronic equ i pment is sh ielded from radio frequency ( RF) signals. However , cer tain electronic equ ipment may not be sh ielded against the RF sign als from your wireless phone.
[ 1 15 ] Referen ce information Pa c e m a k e r s P acemaker manufacturers recommend that a minimum separation of 6 inches (15 cm) be maintained between a handhe ld wireless phone and a pacemaker to avoid p otential inter ference with th e pacemaker . T hese reco mmend ations ar e consis tent with the indep endent r esear ch by an d recommendations of Wireless T echnology R esearch. P ersons wit h pacemakers: ⢠Should a lways keep th e phone more th an 6 inch es (15 cm) from th eir pacemaker when the phone is s witched on; ⢠Should not carry the phone in a bre ast pocket; ⢠Should use the e ar opposite the pacemaker to m inimize the potential fo r interf ere nce. ⢠If you have any reason to sus pect that interference is taking place, switch off your phone imme di ately . Hea ring Aids Some digital wireless phones may interfere with some hearing aids. In the event of such inter ference, you m ay want to consult your service pr ovider . Other Medical Devi ces Operation of a ny radio transmittin g equipment, including cellular phones, may interfere with the f unctionality of inadequately prot ected medical devices. Consult a physician or the manufacturer of the medical device to determine i f they are adequ ately shielded fro m external R F energy or if you have any questions. Switch off your phone in health ca re facilities when any regulat ions posted in these areas inst ruct you to do so. Hospitals or he alth care f acilities may be usin g equipment that could be sensitive to extern al RF energy . Ve h i c l e s RF sign al s ma y af fec t im prop erly in stal led or i na dequa te ly sh ield ed elect roni c sy stem s in mot or v ehic les (e .g. e lec tro ni c fuel inje c tion s ys tem s, electronic anti-skid (anti-lock) braking systems, electronic speed control systems, air bag systems). Check with th e manufacturer or its representative regarding your vehicle. Y ou should also consu lt the manufactur er of any equipment that has been ad ded to your veh icle.
[ 1 16 ] P osted F acilitie s Switch your phone off in an y facility where posted notices so require. P oten tially Exp losi ve Atmospheres Switch off your phone when in any area with a pote ntially explosive atmosphe re and obey all signs an d instructions. Spar ks in such areas could cause an explosion or fire resulting in bodily injury or even de ath. Users are a dvised to switch off th e phone while at a refueling point (service station). Users are reminded of the need to observe restrictions on the use of r adio equipment in f uel depots (fuel storage and dis tribution areas), chemical plants or whe re blasting operations are in pr ogress. Areas with a potentially ex plosive atmosph ere are often but not always clearly marked. T hey include be low deck on boats; chemical transfer or storage facilities; vehicles u sing liquefied petr oleum gas (such as propane or butan e); areas wh ere the air c ontains chemicals or par ticles, such as grain, d ust or metal p owders; and any oth er area wh ere you would n ormally be advised to turn off your vehicle engine. Ve h i c l e s Only qualified personnel should ser vice the phone, or install the phone in a v ehicle. F a ulty installat ion or service m ay be dangerous a nd may invalidate any warr anty which may apply to the u nit. Check regularly tha t all wireless phone equipment in your vehicle is m ounted and operating prope rly . Do not s tore or carry flamma ble liquids, gases or explosive ma terials in the same compartment as the ph one, its parts or accessories. For vehicles equipped with an air bag, remember that an air bag inflates with great force. Do not place obje cts, including both in stalled or portable wirele ss equi pment, in t he area over the ai r bag o r in th e air b ag de ploym ent area. If in-vehicle w ireless equipment is im properly installed and the air bag inflates, serious injury could r esult.
[ 1 17 ] Referen ce information Switch off your phone before boarding an aircraft. The use of wireless telep hones in an aircraf t may be dangerous to the ope ration of the aircraft, disrupt the wirele ss telephone networ k and may be illegal. F ailure to observe these instructions may lead to the suspension or denial of telephone services to the offender , or legal action, or both. â¢E m e r g e n c y C a l l s IMP ORT ANT! This phone, like any wir eless phone, operates u sing radio signals, wireless and landl ine networks as well as user- programmed functions which can not guarantee connection in all conditions. Therefor e, you should never rely solely up on any wireless ph one for essential communications (e.g. medical emergencies). Remember , to make or rec eive any calls th e phone must be sw itched on and in a service area with adequate signal strength. Emergency calls may not be possible on all wireless phone networks or when certain network services an d/or phone features are in u se. Check with local service pr oviders. Making an Em ergency Call 1. If the ph one is not on, switch it on. 2. If t he wor d Clear appears a bove right selection key , press and hold the selection key to clear t he display . 3. Key in the emergency n umber for your present location (e.g. 9 1 1 or other offi cial emerge ncy number). Eme rgency num bers vary by lo cation. 4. Pre ss . Note: If certain features are in use (K eyguard, call restrictions, etc.), you may first need to turn those features off before you can make an emergency call. Consult this document and your local ser vice provider for more in formation.
[ 1 18 ] When making a n emergen cy ca ll, remember to give all th e necessary information as accurately as possible. Rem ember that your wir eless phone may be the only means of communication at th e scene of an accidentâ do not cut off th e call until given permission to do so. ⢠Radio Frequ ency (RF) Signals THIS MO DE L PHO NE MEE TS THE GOVER NMENT âÂÂS REQ UIRE MENT S FOR EXPOSURE T O RADIO WA VES. Y our wireless phone is a radio tr ansm itter an d receiver . It is designed and manufactured n ot to exceed the em ission limits for e xposure to radiofrequency (RF ) ene rg y s et b y the F e der al Co mm unic at ions Co mmi ss ion of the U.S. Government. T hese limits are part of comprehensive guidelines and establish permitted levels of RF energy for the general population. The guidelines are based on standar ds that we re developed by in dependent scientific organizations through periodic and thor ough evaluation of scientific studies. The s tandards include a subst antial safety m argin design ed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The exposure standard for wireless mobile ph ones employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set by the FCC i s 1 .6 W/kg .* Tests for SAR are conducte d usin g stan dard operating positions accepted by th e FCC with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested f requency ban ds. Although the SAR is determined at the highest cert ified power level, the actual SAR level of the ph one while oper ating can be well be low the maxim um value. This is because the phone is design ed to operate at multiple power levels so as to use only the power required to reach the network. In general, the close r y ou a re to a wir el ess b ase sta ti on ant en na, th e lo wer the po we r out put .
[ 1 19 ] Referen ce information Before a phone model is available for sale to the public, it must be tested and certified to the FCC that it does not excee d the limit established by the governm ent-adopted requirement for safe ex posure. The tests are performed in positions and locat i ons (e.g., at the ear and worn on the body) as required by the FCC for each model. T he highest SAR values, as reported to th e FCC for this model phone are: ⢠1. 23 W/kg when test ed for us e at the ear , and ⢠0.86 W/kg when worn on the body (as described i n this user guide) While there may be differe nces between the SAR levels of various phones and at various positions, they al l meet the gove rnment requiremen t. The FCC h as granted an Equipment Authorization f or this model phone with all repor ted SAR levels evaluated as in compliance with the FCC RF exposure guide lines. SAR in formation on this model ph one is on file with the FCC and can be f ound under the Display Grant section of http://www .f cc.gov/oet/fccid after se arching on FCC ID LJ PNSW-5NY . For body worn operation, to maintain com pliance with FCC RF exposu re guidelines, use only Nokia appr oved accessories. When carrying the phone while it is on, attach the pho ne to the Belt Clip (BCH-12U) or place the phone in th e Carrying Case (C SL-5). These accessories h ave been te sted for compliance. Use of non-Nokia-approved access ories ma y violate FCC RF exposure guidelines and should be avoided. ____ ___ ____ __ _____ __ ____ ___ ____ __ _____ ____ __ _____ __ _____ *In the United States and C anada, th e SAR limit for mobile phones us ed by t he public is 1.6 watts/kg (W/kg) averaged o ver one gram o f tissue. The standard incorporates a substantial margin of safety to give additional protection for the public and to account for any variations in measurements.
[ 120 ] ⢠Care and Maintenance ⢠Y our ph one is a product of superior design and craftsmansh ip and should be treated with care. Th e suggestions below w ill help you to fulfill any warranty obligations and allow you to enjoy this product for many y ears. When u sing you r phone , batter y , charger , OR any acce ssory: ⢠K eep it and all its parts and access ories out of small childrenâÂÂs reach. ⢠K eep it dry . Precipitation, humidity and liquids contain minerals that will corrode e lectronic circuits. ⢠Do not use or store it in dusty , dirty areas as its moving parts can be damaged. ⢠Do not store it in h ot areas. High tem peratures can shorten the lif e of electr oni c devices, damage batte ries, and warp or melt cert ain plast ics. ⢠Do not st ore it in cold areas. When the phone warms up (to its normal operating temperature ), moisture can form inside the ph one, which may damage the phone's electronic circuit boards. ⢠Do not attempt to open it. Non-expert handling of th e device may damage it. ⢠Do not drop, kn ock or shake it. Rough handling can break internal ci rcu it b oa rds . ⢠Do not use harsh chemicals , cleaning solvents, or strong detergents to clean it. Wipe it with a soft c loth slightly dam pened in a m ild soap- and-water solution. ⢠Do not paint it. P aint can clog the deviceâÂÂs moving parts and prevent proper operation. ⢠Use on ly th e supp lie d or an appr oved repl aceme nt ante nna . Unaut hor iz ed antennas, modifications or attachmen ts could damage the phone and may violate regulations governing radio device s. ⢠If the phone, battery , charger , or any accessory is n ot working properly , take it to your nearest qualified service f acility . The person nel there will assis t you, and if necessa ry , arrange for service.
[ 12 1 ] T echnical information 26. T echnical information Wireless networks Dual band/tri-mode TDMA and AMPS W eight 4.9 oz. (139 g); Wit h BLS-2S, 5.0 oz. (14 1 g) Size 7.6 cu. in. (125 cc) Dimensions: Length: 4.9 in / 125 mm (m in) 7.2 in / 185 mm (m ax) Width: 2.1 in / 53 mm (m ax) Frequency range: Lowband 824.04 - 848.97 MHz (TX) 869.04 - 893.97 MHz (RX) Highband 1850.04 - 190 9.92 MHz (TX) 1930.08 - 198 9.96 MHz (RX) T ransmitting power up to 600 mW nominal Battery voltage 3.6 V nominal Charging current 750 mAh max. Operating temperature -4ðF to 1 04ðF (-20ðC to 40ð C) Number of chan nels: 832 lowband, 1997 highband Nu mb er o f NA M s 3 Memory locations: Phone book: up to 1 000 ent ries with up to 5 numbers per name Calendar: up to 660 entries T o-do list: up to 1 00 ent ries T ext me ssage s: u p to 1 00 Memory capacity: Phone book-alpha: 50 characters per location Phone book-num: 32 digits per location Calendar: 48 characters per note T o- do lis t: 40 c harac ter s per note Digital data: Data call: 9600bps F ax call: 9600bps, Class 2.0
[ 122 ] 27. Nokia One-Y ear Limited W arranty Nokia Inc. (âÂÂNokiaâÂÂ) war rants that this cellular phone (âÂÂProductâÂÂ) is f ree from defects in mater ial and workmanship that result in Product failure during normal u sage, accor ding to the following ter ms and con ditions: 1. The limited warranty for the Product extends for ON E (1) year beginning on the da te of the purch ase of the Product. 2. The l imited warranty extends to the original purchaser of th e Product (âÂÂConsumerâÂÂ) and is not assignable or tr ansferable to any subsequent purchaser/end- user . 3. The l imited warranty extends only to Consumers wh o purchase the Product in the United States. 4. During the limited warranty per iod, Nokia will repair , or replace, at Nokia's option, any def ective parts, or any parts that will not properly operate f or their intende d use with new or f actory rebuilt r eplacement item s i f such repair or re pl acemen t is n eeded beca use of pro duc t malfu nct ion or failure du ring normal u sage. No charge w ill be m ade to the Consumer for any such parts. Nokia will also pay f or the labor charges incurred b y Nokia in repairing or replacing the defective parts. The lim ited warranty does not cover def ects in appearance, cosmetic, decorative or structural items, including f raming, and an y non-operative parts. Nokia's limit of liability under the lim ited warranty shall be the actual cash value of the Product a t the time th e Consumer returns the Pr oduct for repai r , determined by th e pr ice pai d by th e Co nsumer for th e Pr oduct less a reasonable amount for usage. Nokia shall not be liable for any other losses or damages. These remedie s are the Consu merâÂÂs exclus ive remedie s for breach of warr anty . 5. Upon request f rom N okia, th e Consumer must prove the date of the original pu rchase of the Product by a dated bill of sale or dated itemized receipt.
[ 123 ] Nokia One-Y ear Limited W arr anty 6. The C onsumer shall bear the cost of shipping the Product to No kia in Melbourne, Florida. Nokia shall bear the co st of shipping the Product ba ck to the Cons umer aft er the com pleti on of se rvice under thi s limi ted war ranty . 7. The C onsumer shall ha ve no coverage or benefi ts under this l imited warranty if any of the following conditions ar e applicable: a) The Product has been subject to abnormal use, abn ormal conditions, improper storage, ex posure to moisture or dampness, unauthorized modifications, unauthorized connections, unauthorized r epair , misuse, neglect, abuse, accident, alteration, improper installation, or other acts which are n ot the fault of Nokia, including dama ge caused by shipping. b) The Product has been damaged from external causes such as collision with an obj ect, or fro m fire, flooding, sand, dir t, windstorm, lightning, earthquake or damage from exposure to w eather conditions, an Act of God, or b attery leakage , thef t, blo wn f use, o r im prop er us e of an y ele ctric al source, or dam age caused by the connection to other products not recommended for interconnection by Nokia. c) Nokia was not advised by the Consumer in wr iting of the alleged defect or malf unction of the Pr oduc t with in fourte en (14 ) days after th e expir ation of the applica ble limited warranty period. d) The Pr oduct serial number plate or the accessory data code has been removed, def aced or altered. e) The defect or damage was ca used by the defective function of t he cellular system, by inadequate sign al reception by the external antenna, or by viruses or oth er software problems introdu ced into the Pr oduct. 8. Nokia does not warrant uninterrupted or error-fr ee operation of the Product. If a problem develops du ring the l imited warranty pe riod, the Consumer shall take the f ollowing step-by-step pr ocedure: a) The Co nsumer shall return the Product to the place of pu rchase for repair or replacement processing.
[ 124 ] b) If â aâ is not convenient because of distance (more than 50 miles) or f or other good cause, the Consu mer shall ship the Pr oduct prepaid and insured to: Nokia Inc. Attn: Repair Department 795 West Nas a Blvd. Melbourne, FL 3290 1 c) The Consumer shall include a return address, daytime phone number and/or f ax numbe r , com plete descri ption of th e prob lem, pr oof of purch ase and service agreement (if applicable). Expenses related to removing the Product from an installation are n ot covered under this limited warranty . d) The Consumer will be billed for any parts or labor charges not covered by thi s limite d wa rranty . The C onsume r wi ll b e respon sible f or any e xpen ses related to reinstallation of th e Product. e) Nokia wil l repair or authorize the repair of the Produ ct under the li mited warranty within 30 da ys after receipt of th e Product by Nokia or an Nokia authorized service cen ter . If Nokia cannot perform re pair covered under this limited warranty with in 30 days, or afte r a reasonable number of attempts to repair the same defect, Nokia at its option , will provide a replacement Product or r efund the pu rchase price of the Product le ss a reasonable amount for usage. f) If the Product is returne d to Nokia during the limited w arranty period, but the pr oblem with the Product is not covered under the terms and conditions of th is limited warranty , the Consumer will be notified and given an estimate of th e charges the Cons umer must pay to have the Product repaired, wi th all shipping charges billed to the Consum er . If the estimate is refused, the Pr oduct will b e returned fre ight collect. If the Product is returned to Nokia after the expir ation of the limited warranty period, Nokia's normal s ervice policies shall apply an d the Consumer will be responsible for all shipping charges. 9. The Product consists of newly ass emble d equipment that may contain used c omponen ts that have b een re proc essed to allow m achin e com plianc e with Product pe rformance and reliability specifications.
[ 125 ] Nokia One-Y ear Limited W arr anty 1 0. ANY IM PLIED WA RR ANTY OF MERCHA NT ABILI TY , OR FITN ESS FOR A P ARTI CULAR PU RPOSE O R USE , SHALL BE LIM ITED TO THE DURA TIO N OF TH E FOREGO ING LI MITED WRIT TEN W ARRANT Y . O T HERWISE, THE FOR EGOI NG LIMITED W A RRANTY IS THE CONS UMER'S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE RE ME D Y AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL O THER W ARRANTI ES, EXP RESS OR IMPLIED. NO KIA SHALL NO T BE LIABL E FOR SPE CIAL, INCID EN T AL OR CO NSEQUEN TIAL DAMA GES, I NCL UDI NG BUT NOT LI MITE D TO , L OSS O F A NTI CIPA TE D BENEFITS OR PROFITS, LOSS OF SAV INGS O R REVENUE, PUNITIVE DAMAGES , LOSS OF USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ANY ASSOCIA TED EQUIPMENT , COST OF CAP IT A L, CO ST O F ANY S UBSTI T UTE EQU IPM ENT O R FACI LI TIES, DOW NTIME, THE CLA IMS OF ANY THIR D P ARTIES, IN CLUD ING C UST OMERS, AND INJUR Y T O PROPERTY , RESUL TING FROM THE PURCHASE OR USE OF THE PRO DUCT OR A RISING FROM BREAC H OF TH E W ARR ANTY , BR EACH OF CONT RACT , NEGLIG ENCE , STRIC T TORT , OR A NY O THER L EGAL O R EQUI T ABL E THEOR Y , EVEN IF NOKI A KNEW OF THE LIKEL IHOO D OF SUCH DA MAGES . NO KIA S HALL N O T BE LI ABLE FOR DE LA Y IN REN DERI NG SERV ICE UNDE R THE L IMITE D W ARRA NTY , OR LOSS OF US E DURI NG THE PER IOD TH AT THE P ROD UCT IS B EI NG RE P AIRE D. 1 1. Some states do not allow limitation of how long an implied w arrant y lasts, so the above one-year warranty limita tion may not apply to you (the Consumer). Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental and consequential damages, so certain of the above lim itations or exclusions ma y not apply to you (th e Consumer). This limited warranty gives the Cons umer specific legal rights and the Consumer may also have other righ ts wh ich vary from s tate to sta te. 12. Nokia n either assumes nor authorizes a ny authorized service cen ter or any other person or entity to assume for it any other obligation or liability beyond that which is expr essly pr ovided for in t his limited warranty including the provider or seller of any extended warranty or ser vice agreement. 13. This is the entire warr anty between Nokia and the Consumer , a nd supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements or u nderstandings, oral or written, and all communications relating to the Product, and no representation, promise or condition not contained herein shall modify these terms .
[ 126 ] 14. This limited warranty allocates the risk of failure of the Product between the Consumer and Nokia. The allocation is r ecognized by th e Consumer and is r eflected in th e purchase price of the Pr oduct. 15. Any action or lawsuit for breach of warranty must be commenced within eightee n (18) months following deliver y of th e Product. 16. Questions concerning this limited warranty may be directed to: Nokia Cu stomer Ca re Center 7725 W oodland Cente r Blvd., Ste. 150 Tampa, FL 336 14 Telepho ne: 1 -8 88-NO KIA2 U (1-8 88-6 65 -4228 ) F ac simi le: 1-8 13- 249 -96 1 9 For the h earing-impaired only (TTY): 1-80 0- 24NOK IA ( 1-8 00- 246- 65 42) 17. The lim ited warranty period for Nokia supplied attachments and accessories is specifically defined within their own warranty cards and packaging.
[ 127 ] 28. Index Numeri cs 1-to uch dialing 44 setup 44 3-way conf erenc e calls 38 A ABC mode 24 acces s codes 58 lock code 59 securit y 58 acces sories 95 batteries 96 charg ers 98 accessories and batteries 113 adjust ing earpiece volume 22 adva nced ca lling fe atures 34 anykey a nswer 36 B Batteries Charging times 96 Standby and talk times 97 batteries 96 attac hing 5 charg e level indicato r 8 charg ing 5 removin g 6 using w ith chargers 112 vibrating alert 52 bookmarks about 86 options 88 retu rnin g 87 saving 87 C calcul ator 76 curren cy conversio n 76 using 76 call f orwar ding 37, 91 call log 29 call time rs 31 clear list s 30 options 30 viewin g 29 call m ode 93 call r estriction s 59 adding 60 editing 61 eras ing 61 select ing 61 call time rs clear 31 display 31 call w aiting 37, 92 caller groups 48 caller ID 36 calling your voic e ma ilbox 21 calls 1-touch dialin g 44 3-w ay calls 38 adjust ing ea rpiece volume 22 advanc ed feature s 34 answe ring 20 anykey a nswe r 36 autom atic r edial 39 call f orwar ding 37, 91 call w aiting 37, 92 caller groups 48 caller ID 36 end ing 21 in-call me nu 34 makin g 20
[ 128 ] mute 36 phone lock 57 redial last nu mbe r 21 reject ing 21 send ow n caller ID 38, 93 voice m ailbox 21 changing a number type 46 charg ing charg ers 98 clock 53 displayin g/hiding 54 se ttin g the ti me 53 time fo rm at 54 contact info rmation Nok ia 3 service prov ider 4 contact manage r 77 custom ize profile se ttings 51 D diagrams 7 display 8 heade r 9 icons 9 indicat ors 9 scroll ba r 9 Start scree n 8 display contra st 53 display options 52 contrast 53 curren t call timer 53 language 52 show/hide clock 54 DLR -3 P 81 modem conn ection 81 PC Con ne cti v ity Gu ide 81 synchro niza tion 81 download a r inging tone 88 E emer genc y calls 117 end ing a call 21 ente rin g t ext keyp ad 23 Navi rolle r 23 F feature c odes 91 G games 89 startin g 89 getting starte d 5 I In-c all menu 34 in-call me nu end a ll calls 35 menu 35 mute 36 new ca ll 35 phone book 35 send flas h 35 send touc h t ones 34 indicators and icons 9 Infra red 78 ca le ndar not es 80 phone book 79 sending /receivin g data 78 status 79 types of c onnect ions 79 K keyg uard 56 keyp ad lock 56 keys 11 end 11
[ 129 ] Navi rolle r 11, 12 numbe r 11 select ion 11 tal k 11 L labels 2 last numbe r redial 21 Launching the browser 83 letters a nd n umber s 23 lock code 59 chan ging 59 M makin g a call 20 memor y sta tus 49 menu s browsing 15 help t exts 15 li st of func tion s 16 shortc ut s 16 N Navi rolle r 12 custom izing 50 ente ring c har ac ters 23 netw ork feat ure set ting storing featur e code 91 netw ork feat ures call w aiting 92 public sys tem s ettin g 94 send ow n caller ID 93 netw ork ser vices 3 call f orwar ding 91 call m ode 93 O Opposite 89 P phone book 25 adding a new num ber 45 editing 27 editing a nu mber 45 erasing a number 45 eras ing an en try 28 makin g a call 26 menu s 26 multip le n umber s 45 numbe r type s 46 organizing 27 primary num ber 46 scroll vie w 47 sear ching 47 text info rma tion 47 using 26 working wit h 26 phone lock 56 act ivatin g/deactivat ing 57 allowe d num ber 57 lock code 59 makin g a call 57 power switch 8 primary num ber 46 profiles 33 custom izing 50 rena ming 52 select ing 33 se tting s 51 public sys tem s etting 94 Q quick sa ve 25 R Racket 89 reject ing a call 21
[ 130 ] renaming a pr ofile 52 restore fa ctory settin gs 54 ringing tones, download 88 Rotation 89 S safe ty guidelines 114 safe ty inform atio n 1 saving nam es and numb ers 25 saving te xt info rma tion 47 saving via ph one book menu 25 scro ll view 47 searching the phone book 47 se cur it y co de 58 chan ging 58 Sec urity sett ings 56 se curi ty sett ings acces s codes 58 call r estrictions 59 keyg uard 56 phone lock 56 select ing call restrict ions 61 send ow n caller ID 38, 93 setting d ispla y lang uage 52 se ttin g the ti me 53 se ttin g time forma t 54 slide disable/enable 55 sliding cove r 13 re-at tach ing 13 Snake II 89 starting a gam e 89 T techn ical inform ation 121 U Understandin g a WA P web site 83 updates 3 V voice dialin g 41 dialing a numbe r 43 importan t notes 42 voice tag s 41 working wit h tags 43 voice m ail 32 voice m ailbox listen to me ssages 32 setup 32 Voice me ssages Greetin gs, passw ords, and p rompts 32 Listening to your vo ice messages 32 Setting u p you r voice mailbox 32 voice m essages 32 W WAP c ard 84 WAP se rvic es 82 bookmarks 86 browser 83 browser m enu 84, 85 card Options menu 86 navigat ing a WAP card 84 service prov ider 83 WAP web sites 83 warr ant y contact info rmation 126 warr ant y inform a tion 122 welcom e no te 54 Wireless Appl ication Protocol 82 working with bookm arks 87 P ara obtener un manual del usuario en español favor de llamar o enviar un fax al teléfono 1 -888-NOKIA2U , fax 8 13-249-96 19.